Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Accounting and Financial Management (2020 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | The programme is accredited by professional accounting bodies. Exemptions from some professional accounting examinations are available from: The Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA); The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), The Association of International Accountants (AIA) and The Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales (ICAEW). In order to qualify for the professional institutes’ examination exemptions offered to graduates from this degree, candidates must achieve minimum module marks stipulated by these bodies which, in some cases, exceed the minimum marks required for progression and degree award. Up to date information may be obtained from the relevant professional bodies. |
Final award | BSc / BSc + DIS/ BSc + DInts |
Programme title | Accounting and Financial Management |
Programme code | BSUB10 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies. In accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | NN34 |
Admissions criteria | BSc / BSc + DIS/ BSc + DInts - |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Accounting, Finance and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in the accounting and financial management professions or more general management situations.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate's chosen profession.
- To develop a deep understanding in the areas of accounting and financial management by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with industry, professional firms and accounting bodies, through vocational experience in a professional placement and through accreditation by the major professional accounting bodies.
- To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement.
- To allow students to examine critically and in depth the evolving nature and role of accounting and financial management theory and practice.
- To provide a range of optional subjects in accounting, financial management and other management disciplines to complement the core of the programme and to allow students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims. It offers students on our Accounting and Financial Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- Accounting Subject Benchmark Statement
- General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B+M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
- Requirements of the professional accounting bodies
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Accounting and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (A) below.
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- Foundational disciplines of management, including economics, business mathematics and statistics;
- Domestic and international business organisations in their technological, economic, fiscal, legal and political contexts;
- The behaviour of people in national and international organisations;
- The processes of management and decision making;
- Accounting and financial management in its major contexts, including the legal and social environments, the business entity and capital markets (A) and the integral nature of the accounting function in the successful management of national and global organisations;
- Current technical language, developments, methods, practices and issues in accounting and financial management;
- Selected alternative techniques and practices in domestic and international accounting and financial management (A);
- Methods of recording and summarising global and domestic economic events and preparation of financial statements (A);
- Analytical tools for the effective financial management of business operations (A);
- Contemporary theories of accounting and financial management and their related research evidence (A);
- The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations;
- A range of contemporary issues in management.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Analyse, model and solve structured and unstructured problems (A);
- Evaluate and assess alternatives in complex scenarios;
- Gather relevant data and evidence from various sources, integrate them appropriately and reference sources adequately (A);
- Critically evaluate arguments and evidence (A);
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Record and summarise transactions and other economic events (A);
- Prepare financial statements (A);
- Use appropriate analytical tools for accounting and financial management tasks (A);
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
i) Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
ii) Learn (A) and work independently;
iii) Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team building and project management (B&M);
iv) Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
v) Use communication and information technology appropriately in acquiring, analysing and communicating information (A);
vi) Communicate quantitative and qualitative information, analysis, argument and conclusions using a variety of styles, in effective ways (A);
vii) Make oral and written presentations appropriate to the audience (A).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
BSA012 Financial Accounting Fundamentals | 20 |
BSA081/082 Quantitative Business Skills A or B | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA020 Microeconomics for Financial Studies | 10 |
BSA025 Introduction to Law | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA016 Principles of Finance | 10 |
BSA022 Macroeconomics for Financial Studies | 10 |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
Students will be required to select one or other of BSA081/082 based on their level of maths education at entry.
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB005 Management Accounting | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB006 Ethics in Finance and Accounting | 10 |
BSB007 Financial Reporting | 10 |
ISB411 Knowledge, Data and Information Systems | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB027 Financial Markets and Derivatives Fundamentals | 10 |
BSB028 Performance Appraisal and Stock Valuations | 10 |
BSB029 Auditing | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONS (Select TWO) | |
BSB030 Marketing | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB105 Global Brand Management | 10 |
BSB120 Management Science Methods | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONS (Select TWO) | |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB015 Company Law | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management | 10 |
BSB127 Digital Marketing | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC005 Financial Reporting: Theory and Practice | 10 |
BSC007 Management Accounting and Control Systems | 10 |
BSC015 Corporate Finance | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC009 Strategic Management Accounting and Performance | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 30 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC017 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making (suspended 2020) | 10 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC089 Leadership and Professional Development | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
ISC027 Information and Knowledge Management | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC019 Multinational Financial Management | 10 |
BSC021 Issues in Financial Reporting | 20 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC024 International Economics (suspended 2020) | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC084 Contemporary Work in a Changing Society (suspended 2020) | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 20 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC194 Project Management | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1. Various Semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in Semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Accounting and Financial Management (2019 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | The programme is accredited by professional accounting bodies. Exemptions from some professional accounting examinations are available from: The Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA); The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), The Association of International Accountants (AIA) and The Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales (ICAEW). In order to qualify for the professional institutes’ examination exemptions offered to graduates from this degree, candiates must achieve minimum module marks stipulated by these bodies which, in some cases, exceed the minimum marks required for progression and degree award. Up to date information may be obtained from the relevant professional bodies. |
Final award | BSc / BSc + DIS/ BSc + DInts |
Programme title | Accounting and Financial Management |
Programme code | BSUB10 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies. In accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | NN34 |
Admissions criteria | BSc / BSc + DIS/ BSc + DInts - |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Accounting, Finance and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in the accounting and financial management professions or more general management situations.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate's chosen profession.
- To develop a deep understanding in the areas of accounting and financial management by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with industry, professional firms and accounting bodies, through vocational experience in a professional placement and through accreditation by the major professional accounting bodies.
- To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement.
- To allow students to examine critically and in depth the evolving nature and role of accounting and financial management theory and practice.
- To provide a range of optional subjects in accounting, financial management and other management disciplines to complement the core of the programme and to allow students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims. It offers students on our Accounting and Financial Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- Accounting Subject Benchmark Statement
- General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B+M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
- Requirements of the professional accounting bodies
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Accounting and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (A) below.
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- Foundational disciplines of management, including economics, business mathematics and statistics;
- Domestic and international business organisations in their technological, economic, fiscal, legal and political contexts;
- The behaviour of people in national and international organisations;
- The processes of management and decision making;
- Accounting and financial management in its major contexts, including the legal and social environments, the business entity and capital markets (A) and the integral nature of the accounting function in the successful management of national and global organisations;
- Current technical language, developments, methods, practices and issues in accounting and financial management;
- Selected alternative techniques and practices in domestic and international accounting and financial management (A);
- Methods of recording and summarising global and domestic economic events and preparation of financial statements (A);
- Analytical tools for the effective financial management of business operations (A);
- Contemporary theories of accounting and financial management and their related research evidence (A);
- The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations;
- A range of contemporary issues in management.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Analyse, model and solve structured and unstructured problems (A);
- Evaluate and assess alternatives in complex scenarios;
- Gather relevant data and evidence from various sources, integrate them appropriately and reference sources adequately (A);
- Critically evaluate arguments and evidence (A);
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Record and summarise transactions and other economic events (A);
- Prepare financial statements (A);
- Use appropriate analytical tools for accounting and financial management tasks (A);
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
i) Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
ii) Learn (A) and work independently;
iii) Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team building and project management (B&M);
iv) Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
v) Use communication and information technology appropriately in acquiring, analysing and communicating information (A);
vi) Communicate quantitative and qualitative information, analysis, argument and conclusions using a variety of styles, in effective ways (A);
vii) Make oral and written presentations appropriate to the audience (A).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA013 Principles of Financial Accounting | 10 |
BSA020 Microeconomics for Financial Studies | 10 |
BSA025 Introduction to Law | 10 |
BSA080/085 Quantitative Methods for Business A or B | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA014 Financial Accounting and Analysis | 10 |
BSA019 Accounting and Finance in Context | 10 |
BSA022 Macroeconomics for Financial Studies | 10 |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
BSA110/115 Business Modelling A or B | 10 |
Students will be required to select one or other of BSA080/085 in Semester 1 and again to select one or other of BSA110/115 in Semester 2 based on their level of maths education at entry.
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB005 Management Accounting | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB007 Financial Reporting | 10 |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB015 Company Law | 10 |
BSB027 Financial Markets and Derivatives Fundamentals | 10 |
BSB029 Auditing | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONS (Select TWO) | |
BSB030 Marketing | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB120 Management Science Methods | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONS (Select TWO) | |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
BSB105 Global Brand Management | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management | 10 |
BSB127 Digital Marketing | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC005 Financial Reporting: Theory and Practice | 10 |
BSC007 Management Accounting and Control Systems | 10 |
BSC015 Corporate Finance | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC009 Strategic Management Accounting and Performance | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 30 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC017 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms | 10 |
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making (suspended 2020) | 10 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
ISC027 Information and Knowledge Management | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC014 Portfolio Management | 20 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC019 Multinational Financial Management | 10 |
BSC021 Issues in Financial Reporting | 20 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC194 Project Management | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1. Various Semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in Semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Accounting and Financial Management (2016-2018 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | The programme is accredited by professional accounting bodies. Exemptions from some professional accounting examinations are available from: The Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA); The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), The Association of International Accountants (AIA) and The Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales (ICAEW). In order to qualify for the professional institutes’ examination exemptions offered to graduates from this degree, candiates must achieve minimum module marks stipulated by these bodies which, in some cases, exceed the minimum marks required for progression and degree award. Up to date information may be obtained from the relevant professional bodies. |
Final award | BSc / BSc + DIS/ BSc + DInts |
Programme title | Accounting and Financial Management |
Programme code | BSUB10 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies. In accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | NN34 |
Admissions criteria | BSc / BSc + DIS/ BSc + DInts - |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Accounting, Finance and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in the accounting and financial management professions or more general management situations.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate's chosen profession.
- To develop a deep understanding in the areas of accounting and financial management by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with industry, professional firms and accounting bodies, through vocational experience in a professional placement and through accreditation by the major professional accounting bodies.
- To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement.
- To allow students to examine critically and in depth the evolving nature and role of accounting and financial management theory and practice.
- To provide a range of optional subjects in accounting, financial management and other management disciplines to complement the core of the programme and to allow students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims. It offers students on our Accounting and Financial Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- Accounting Subject Benchmark Statement
- General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B+M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
- Requirements of the professional accounting bodies
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Accounting and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (A) below.
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- Foundational disciplines of management, including economics, business mathematics and statistics;
- Domestic and international business organisations in their technological, economic, fiscal, legal and political contexts;
- The behaviour of people in national and international organisations;
- The processes of management and decision making;
- Accounting and financial management in its major contexts, including the legal and social environments, the business entity and capital markets (A) and the integral nature of the accounting function in the successful management of national and global organisations;
- Current technical language, developments, methods, practices and issues in accounting and financial management;
- Selected alternative techniques and practices in domestic and international accounting and financial management (A);
- Methods of recording and summarising global and domestic economic events and preparation of financial statements (A);
- Analytical tools for the effective financial management of business operations (A);
- Contemporary theories of accounting and financial management and their related research evidence (A);
- The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations;
- A range of contemporary issues in management.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Analyse, model and solve structured and unstructured problems (A);
- Evaluate and assess alternatives in complex scenarios;
- Gather relevant data and evidence from various sources, integrate them appropriately and reference sources adequately (A);
- Critically evaluate arguments and evidence (A);
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Record and summarise transactions and other economic events (A);
- Prepare financial statements (A);
- Use appropriate analytical tools for accounting and financial management tasks (A);
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
i) Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
ii) Learn (A) and work independently;
iii) Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team building and project management (B&M);
iv) Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
v) Use communication and information technology appropriately in acquiring, analysing and communicating information (A);
vi) Communicate quantitative and qualitative information, analysis, argument and conclusions using a variety of styles, in effective ways (A);
vii) Make oral and written presentations appropriate to the audience (A).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA013 Principles of Financial Accounting | 10 |
BSA020 Microeconomics for Financial Studies | 10 |
BSA025 Introduction to Law | 10 |
BSA080/085 Quantitative Methods for Business A or B | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA014 Financial Accounting and Analysis | 10 |
BSA019 Accounting and Finance in Context | 10 |
BSA022 Macroeconomics for Financial Studies | 10 |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
BSA110/115 Business Modelling A or B | 10 |
Students will be required to select one or other of BSA080/085 in Semester 1 and again to select one or other of BSA110/115 in Semester 2 based on their level of maths education at entry.
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB005 Management Accounting | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB015 Company Law | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB007 Financial Reporting | 10 |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB027 Financial Markets and Derivatives Fundamentals | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONS (Select TWO) | |
BSB030 Marketing | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB120 Management Science Methods | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONS (Select TWO) | |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
BSB105 Global Brand Management | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC005 Financial Reporting: Theory and Practice | 10 |
BSC007 Management Accounting and Control Systems | 10 |
BSC015 Corporate Finance | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC009 Strategic Management Accounting and Performance | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 30 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC017 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms | 10 |
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making (suspended 2020) | 10 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
ISC027 Information and Knowledge Management | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC014 Portfolio Management | 20 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC019 Multinational Financial Management | 10 |
BSC021 Issues in Financial Reporting | 20 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC194 Project Management | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1. Various Semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in Semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Banking, Finance and Management (2016, 2017, 2018 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | The programme is accredited by: The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), The Institute of Financial Services (IFS) and the Association of Corporate Treasurers (ACT). In order to qualify for the professional institutes’ examination exemptions offered to graduates from this degree, candidates must achieve minimum module marks stipulated by these bodies which, in some cases, exceed the minimum marks required for progression and degree award. Up to date information may be obtained from the relevant professional bodies. |
Final award | BSc/ BSC DPS /BSc DInts |
Programme title | Banking, Finance and Management |
Programme code | BSUB20 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | N301 |
Admissions criteria | BSc/ BSC+DPS /BSc+DIntS - |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Banking, Finance and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding in the areas of management, banking and economics for an effective and valued career in the financial services or a related management function.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a deep understanding in areas of accounting, banking law and practice, economics and monetary and financial systems by pursuing them over an extended period and in depth.
- To develop a full range of professional skills and personal qualities beneficial for managing in finance and banking related areas.
- To develop a critical awareness of the dynamics of the relevant UK and international environments affecting banking and finance.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with banks, leading financial institutions and professional bodies and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement.
- To provide the opportunity for students to examine critically and in depth key issues faced by modern day bankers and financial managers.
- To provide a range of optional subjects that, in addition to core subjects, will enable graduates either to obtain substantial exemptions from professional examinations or to pursue more general management careers.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims. It offers students on our Banking, Finance and Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- Accounting Subject Benchmark Statement (A)
- General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B&M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
- Requirements of the relevant professional bodies.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statements for Accounting and General Business and Management. Those relating directly to the benchmarks are marked (A) and/or (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- the foundation disciplines of business and management including economics, mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
- the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which banks and other national and international businesses operate (B&M amended);
- the nature of domestic and global organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M);
- integration of concepts and from the various business disciplines to comprehend business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M);
- banking and financial management in its major contexts, including the legal and social environments and the business entity and global capital markets (A amended);
- current technical language, developments, methods, practices and issues in banking and financial management;
- selected techniques and practices in domestic and international banking and financial management;
- methods of recording and summarising economic events and preparation of financial statements (A);
- analytical tools for the effective financial management of domestic and global business operations (A);
- the sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- the management and development of people within national and international organisations (B&M);
- the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations (B&M);
- the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
- the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
- The development of appropriate policies and strategies for (banks) at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M) (A);
- formulate and solve problems, both structured and unstructured,
- advise on decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- gather relevant data and evidence from various sources, integrate them appropriately and reference sources adequately and critically evaluate arguments and evidence (A);
- relate theory to practice in Banking, Finance and Management (B&M)
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
- make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M)
- conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M)
- use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M)
- use credit appraisal skills and knowledge of funding options to review a wide range of business proposals from the financier's perspective
- apply numeracy and economic modelling techniques to finance problems and phenomena (B&M amended)
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA013 Principles of Financial Accounting | 10 |
BSA020 Microeconomics for Financial Studies | 10 |
BSA035 Introduction to Banking | 10 |
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A | 10 |
or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA014 Financial Accounting and Analysis | 10 |
BSA022 Macroeconomics for Financial Studies | 10 |
BSA036 Banking Law and Practice | 10 |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
BSA110 Business Modelling A | 10 |
or BSA115 Business Modelling B | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECB015 Economics of the Financial System | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
BSB120 Management Science Methods | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB027 Financial Markets and Derivatives Fundamentals | 10 |
BSB067 Business Lending | 10 |
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO) | |
BSB030 Marketing | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO) | |
BSB007 Financial Reporting | 10 |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
BSB105 Global Brand Management | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC015 Corporate Finance | 10 |
BSC044 Principles of Strategic Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC014 Portfolio Management | 20 |
BSC045 Strategy in Banking | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE 40 CREDITS) | |
BSC017 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making (suspended 2020) | 10 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
ISC027 Information and Knowledge Management | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE 30 CREDITS) | |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC019 Multinational Financial Management | 10 |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC194 Project Management | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- to progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Banking, Finance and Management (2015 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | The programme is accredited by: The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), The Institute of Financial Services (IFS) and the Association of Corporate Treasurers (ACT). In order to qualify for the professional institutes’ examination exemptions offered to graduates from this degree, candidates must achieve minimum module marks stipulated by these bodies which, in some cases, exceed the minimum marks required for progression and degree award. Up to date information may be obtained from the relevant professional bodies. |
Final award | BSc/ BSC DPS /BSc DInts |
Programme title | Banking, Finance and Management |
Programme code | BSUB20 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | N301 |
Admissions criteria | BSc+DPS/DIntS - |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Banking, Finance and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding in the areas of management, banking and economics for an effective and valued career in the financial services or a related management function.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a deep understanding in areas of accounting, banking law and practice, economics and monetary and financial systems by pursuing them over an extended period and in depth.
- To develop a full range of professional skills and personal qualities beneficial for managing in finance and banking related areas.
- To develop a critical awareness of the dynamics of the relevant UK and international environments affecting banking and finance.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with banks, leading financial institutions and professional bodies and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement.
- To provide the opportunity for students to examine critically and in depth key issues faced by modern day bankers and financial managers.
- To provide a range of optional subjects that, in addition to core subjects, will enable graduates either to obtain substantial exemptions from professional examinations or to pursue more general management careers.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims. It offers students on our Banking, Finance and Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- Accounting Subject Benchmark Statement (A)
- General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B&M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
- Requirements of the relevant professional bodies.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statements for Accounting and General Business and Management. Those relating directly to the benchmarks are marked (A) and/or (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- the foundation disciplines of business and management including economics, mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
- the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which banks and other businesses operate (B&M amended);
- the nature of organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M);
- integration of concepts and from the various business disciplines to comprehend business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M);
- banking and financial management in its major contexts, including the legal and social environments and the business entity and capital markets (A amended);
- current technical language, developments, methods, practices and issues in banking and financial management;
- selected techniques and practices in banking and financial management;
- methods of recording and summarising economic events and preparation of financial statements (A);
- analytical tools for the effective financial management of business operations (A);
- the sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
- the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations (B&M);
- the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
- the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
- The development of appropriate policies and strategies for (banks) at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M) (A);
- formulate and solve problems, both structured and unstructured,
- advise on decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- gather relevant data and evidence from various sources, integrate them appropriately and reference sources adequately and critically evaluate arguments and evidence (A);
- relate theory to practice in Banking, Finance and Management (B&M)
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
- make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M)
- conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M)
- use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M)
- use credit appraisal skills and knowledge of funding options to review a wide range of business proposals from the financier's perspective
- apply numeracy and economic modelling techniques to finance problems and phenomena (B&M amended)
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA013 Principles of Financial Accounting | 10 |
BSA020 Microeconomics for Financial Studies | 10 |
BSA035 Introduction to Banking | 10 |
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A | 10 |
or BSB085 Quantitative Methods for Business B | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA014 Financial Accounting and Analysis | 10 |
BSA022 Macroeconomics for Financial Studies | 10 |
BSA036 Banking Law and Practice | 10 |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
BSA110 Business Modelling A | 10 |
or BSA115 Business Modelling B | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECB015 Economics of the Financial System | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB030 Marketing | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB120 Management Science Methods | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
BSB067 Business Lending | 10 |
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO) | |
BSB007 Financial Reporting | 10 |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB105 Brand Management | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC044 Principles of Strategic Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
BSC045 Strategy in Banking | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE FOUR) | |
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis | 10 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE FOUR) | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- to progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Management (2020 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc /BSc DPS/BSc DIntS |
Programme title | Management |
Programme code | BSUB05 |
Length of programme | The programme has three streams: the ‘Placement Stream’, the ‘Study Abroad Stream’ and the ‘Split Stream’. In addition, and in accordance with Senate Regulation XI, the Placement Stream leads to the Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS); and the Study Abroad and Split Streams lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS). The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, the third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. Students following the Placement Stream are required to spend Part I undertaking professional training; those following the Study Abroad Stream are required to spend Part I at an approved academic institution; those following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of Part I undertaking professional training, and the other half of the year studying at an approved academic institution. |
UCAS code | N200 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with a broad grounding in complex leadership and management issues. The knowledge, skills and understanding developed within this programme will enable graduates to fulfil an effective and valued career in a range of business management functions.
Within this general aim, the programme specifically seeks to:
- To provide students with an intellectually-stimulating environment within which they can develop knowledge and conceptual understanding of the major academic disciplines of business and management;
- To enable students to develop the skills in critical thinking, numeracy and people management that are necessary for management problem solving in national and international contexts;
- To enable graduates to succeed in their chosen profession or management specialism by facilitating close links with industry and professional bodies, and through experience in a professional placement and/or a study abroad scheme;
- To equip graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding to pursue a career in a range of management and business fields.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- General Business and Management Benchmark Statement
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate relevant knowledge and understanding of:
K1 The domestic and international context in which business operates (including economic, social, legal, ethical and political factors);
K2 Key corporate functions (including marketing; accounting; human resource management; and global operations);
K3 The behaviour and management of people in a national and international context;
K4 Corporate responsibility including the need to manage responsibly and behave ethically in relation to social, cultural, economic and environmental issues;
K5 Principles and application of management theories to decision making;
K6 Mathematics and statistics sufficient to support data interpretation and decision making;
K7 The application of information technologies to business and management.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
C1 Relate business and management theory to practice in both national and international contexts;
C2 Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
C3 Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to comprehend and evaluate complex issues in a wide range of business and management settings;
C4 Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
P1 Communicate (including orally and written) in a business context, using a range of styles and media;
P2 Make use of a wide range of information technologies in a business context;
P3 Conduct research using a variety of sources of information;
P4 Create and apply quantitative models to business problems.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
T1 Self-manage their own learning and development, including a readiness to accept responsibility, work independently, be adaptable, resilient, self-starting and organised;
T2 Demonstrate self-awareness through reflective practice and appreciate the need for continuing professional development;
T3 Work in teams and demonstrate leadership, team-building and project management skills.
4. Programme structure
Students must have a total modular weighting of 120 credits per year. This must include the compulsory modules. The remaining optional modules must be chosen to give a 60:60 split over the two semesters.
INTRODUCTORY MODULES
4.1 Part A
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (60 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSA007 |
Skills for Study, Placement and Employment |
20 |
BSA051 |
Management Perspectives and Organisational Behaviour |
20 |
BSA081/082 |
Quantitative Business Skills A/B |
20 |
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSA055 |
Principles of Marketing |
10 |
BSA070 |
Financial Reporting |
10 |
Optional modules (10 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSA010 |
Business in the Digital Age |
10 |
|
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
Compulsory modules (10 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSA065 |
Economics for Business I |
10 |
Optional modules (20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSA016 |
Principles of Finance |
10 |
BSA026 |
Principles of Law |
10 |
BSA053 |
Organisations in the International Context |
10 |
BSA057 |
The Marketing Mix |
10 |
BSA075 |
Introduction to Retail Management |
10 |
|
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
DEGREE MODULES
4.2 Part B
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (40 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSB008 |
Employability and Critical Thinking Skills |
10 |
BSB010 |
Business Information Management |
10 |
BSB040 |
Human Resource Management |
10 |
BSB070 |
Accounting for Management Decisions |
10 |
Optional modules (20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSB035 |
Sales Management |
10 |
BSB046 |
Organisation Studies |
10 |
BSB065 |
Economics for Business II |
10 |
BSB105 |
Global Brand Management |
10 |
BSB120 |
Management Science Methods |
10 |
BSB130 |
Business Programming |
10 |
|
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (30 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSB100 |
Operations Management |
10 |
BSB110 |
Data Analysis for Management |
10 |
BSB150 |
Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility |
10 |
Optional modules (30 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSB012 |
Information Systems Development |
10 |
BSB014 |
Programming for Business Analytics |
10 |
BSB015 |
Company Law |
10 |
BSB027 |
Financial Markets and Derivatives Fundamentals |
10 |
BSB052 |
International Management |
10 |
BSB087 |
Vocational Psychology |
10 |
BSB125 |
Retail and Service Operations |
10 |
BSB126 |
Marketing Research |
20 |
BSB127 |
Digital Marketing |
10 |
BSB135 |
Consumer Behaviour |
10 |
|
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
4.4 Part C
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSC068 |
Consulting for Decision Making |
10 |
BSC089 |
Leadership and Professional Development |
10 |
Optional modules (40 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSC015 |
Corporate Finance |
10 |
BSC017 |
Financial Risk Management |
10 |
BSC030 |
Corporate Governance |
10 |
BSC063 |
Decision and Efficiency Analysis |
10 |
BSC068 |
Consulting for Decision Making |
10 |
BSC070 |
Technology in Business and Society |
10 |
BSC071 |
Managing Big Data |
10 |
BSC100 |
Advanced Interpersonal Skills |
10 |
BSC105 |
International Human Resource Management |
10 |
BSC115 |
International Marketing |
10 |
BSC131 |
Retail Supply Chain Management |
10 |
BSC132 |
Small Business Issues |
10 |
BSC165 |
Business Forecasting |
10 |
BSC190 |
Web Analytics |
10 |
ISC027 |
Information and Knowledge Management |
10 |
|
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSC055 |
Global Strategic Management |
20 |
Optional modules (40 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSC018 |
Behavioural Finance |
10 |
BSC019 |
Multinational Financial Management |
10 |
BSC024 |
International Economics |
10 |
BSC059 |
Business and Entrepreneurialism in Post-Conflict Spaces |
10 |
BSC064 |
Business Optimisation |
10 |
BSC067 |
Simulation for Decision Support |
10 |
BSC072 |
Strategic Information Management |
10 |
BSC080 |
Analysing Careers |
10 |
BSC084 |
Contemporary Work in a Changing Society |
10 |
BSC110 |
Marketing Strategy and Planning |
20 |
BSC117 |
Services Marketing |
10 |
BSC124 |
Marketing Communications |
10 |
BSC133 |
Retail Buying and Merchandising |
10 |
BSC134 |
Business Planning for New Ventures |
10 |
BSC136 |
Enterprise Resource Planning |
10 |
BSC191 |
Data Mining for Business |
10 |
BSC193 |
Databases for Business Analytics |
10 |
BSC194 |
Project Management |
10 |
|
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
Various Semester 2 modules may have a pre-requisite module in Semester 1 of Part C.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Finance and Management (2020 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc/ BSc DPS /BSc DInts |
Programme title | Finance and Management |
Programme code | BSUB22 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies. In accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Finance and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding in the areas of finance, financial markets, economics, financial accounting and management for an effective and valued career in financial services or a related management function.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to help students:
In Finance:
- To develop a deep understanding in areas of finance theory and its application; national and international financial markets; ethics; economics and financial systems; and financial accounting, by pursuing them over an extended period and in depth.
- To develop a critical awareness of the dynamics of the national and international environments affecting finance; financial markets and regulation; and financial reporting.
- To develop a full range of professional skills and personal qualities useful for managing in finance and financial institutions.
In Management:
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving and through individual experiences.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks to:
- provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated international programme through close links with leading financial institutions and professional bodies and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience.
- provide the opportunity for students to examine critically and in depth key issues faced by finance professionals and financial managers including ethical concerns.
- provide a range of optional subjects that, in addition to core subjects, will enable graduates to pursue more general management careers.
- develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims. It offers students on our Finance and Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- Finance Subject Benchmark Statement (F)
- General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B&M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
- Requirements of the relevant professional bodies.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statements for Finance and General Business and Management. Those relating directly to the benchmarks are marked (F) and/or (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate relevant knowledge and understanding of:
K1: Foundational disciplines of management, including economics, business mathematics and statistics;
K2: Business organisations in their technological, economic, fiscal, legal and political contexts (B&M);
K3: The behaviour of people in organisations (B&M);
K4: The processes of management and decision making (B&M);
K5: The contexts in which finance plays a part, including an understanding of the roles, operation and functions of domestic and international financial markets and financial institutions and ethical considerations (F)
K6: The major theoretical tools and theories of finance, their relevance and application to theoretical and practical problems and application of this knowledge to the appraisal of empirical evidence. (F)
K7: The structures, financing arrangements and governance mechanisms of business organisations, and an appreciation of how theory and evidence can be combined to assess the effectiveness and efficiency of such arrangements and the factors affecting investment decisions. (F)
K8: The interpretation of financial reports from accounting statements prepared following international accounting standards and data generated in financial markets (F)
K9: Analytical tools for the effective financial management of single-market and international business operations (F);
K10: Contemporary theories of finance and financial management and their related research evidence (F);
K11: The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations (B&M);
K12: A range of contemporary issues in international management (B&M).
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
C1: analyse and solve theoretical and practical problems in single-market and international finance;
C2: synthesise important issues and themes from the professional and academic literature in finance;
C3: critically evaluate arguments and evidence related to finance and ethical issues;
C4: critically evaluate arguments and evidence related to investment practice and treasury management;
C5: interpret financial statements.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
P1: prepare and interpret financial reports suitable for a professional audience;
P2: collect and analyse relevant financial data using appropriate techniques;
P3: use appropriate analytical and professional tools in complex financial scenarios.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
T1: Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness;
T2: Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development;
T3: Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution;
T4: Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
T5: Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
T6: Learn and work independently;
T7: Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques;
T8: Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing;
T9: Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently;
T10: Work well in an international team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A Introductory Modules
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES
Code |
Subject Title |
Modular Weight |
BSA007 |
Skills for Study, Placement and Employment |
20 |
BSA012 |
Financial Accounting Fundamentals |
20 |
BSA081/082 |
Quantitative Business Skills A/B |
20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES
BSA005 |
Organisational Behaviour |
10 |
BSA020 |
Microeconomics for Financial Studies |
10 |
BSA025 |
Introduction to Law |
10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES
BSA016 |
Principles of Finance |
10 |
BSA022 |
Macroeconomics for Financial Studies |
10 |
BSA053 |
Organisations in the International Context |
10 |
Students will be required to select one or other of BSA081/082 based on their level of maths education at entry.
4.2 Part B Degree Modules
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES
Code |
Subject Title |
Modular Weight |
ECB015 |
Economics of the Financial System |
20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES
Code |
Subject Title |
Modular Weight |
BSB006 |
Ethics in Finance and Accounting |
10 |
BSB120 |
Management Science Methods |
10 |
ISB411 |
Knowledge, Data and Information Systems |
10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES
BSB009 |
Corporate Finance |
10 |
BSB027 |
Financial Markets and Derivatives Fundamentals |
10 |
BSB028 |
Performance Appraisal and Stock Valuations |
10 |
BSB070 |
Accounting for Management Decisions |
10 |
Semester 1 Options (Choose ONE)
BSB007 |
Financial Reporting |
10 |
BSB030 |
Marketing |
10 |
BSB040 |
Human Resource Management |
10 |
BSB046 |
Organisation Studies |
10 |
BSB130 |
Business Programming (suspended 2020) |
10 |
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
Semester 2 Options (Choose ONE)
BSB012 |
Information Systems Development |
10 |
BSB014 |
Programming for Business Analytics |
10 |
BSB052 |
International Management |
10 |
BSB100 |
Operations Management |
10 |
BSB110 |
Data Analysis for Management |
10 |
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
4.4 Part C Degree Modules
Note: Students must take modules giving 120 credits in total for the year of which 60 credits must be taken in each semester, at least 20 credits must come from Group 1 modules and no more than 60 credits from Group 2 modules.
SEMESTER 1
COMPULSORY MODULES
BSC014 |
Portfolio Management |
20 |
OPTIONAL MODULES
GROUP 1 MODULES
BSC017 |
Financial Risk Management |
10 |
BSC030 |
Corporate Governance |
10 |
BSC051 |
International Corporate Governance and Firms |
10 |
GROUP 2 MODULES
BSC063 |
Decision and Efficiency Analysis |
10 |
BSC068 |
Consulting for Decision Making |
10 |
BSC070 |
Technology in Business and Society |
10 |
BSC071 |
Managing Big Data |
10 |
BSC089 |
Leadership and Professional Development |
10 |
BSC100 |
Advanced Interpersonal Skills |
10 |
BSC130 |
Business Programming |
10 |
BSC132 |
Small Business Issues |
10 |
BSC165 |
Business Forecasting |
10 |
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
SEMESTER 2
COMPULSORY MODULES
BSCxxx |
Financial Trading |
20 |
GROUP 1 MODULES
BSC018 |
Behavioural Finance |
10 |
BSC019 |
Multinational Financial Management |
10 |
GROUP 2 MODULES
BSC024 |
International Economics |
10 |
BSC059 |
Business and Entrepreneurialism |
10 |
BSC064 |
Business Optimisation |
10 |
BSC067 |
Business Simulation for Decision Support |
10 |
BSC072 |
Strategic Information Management |
10 |
BSC085 |
The Changing Work Organisation |
10 |
BSC136 |
Enterprise Resource Planning |
10 |
BSC194 |
Project Management |
10 |
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Please check choices carefully.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- to progress from Part B to Part I, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Finance and Management (2019 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc/ BSc DPS /BSc DInts |
Programme title | Finance and Management |
Programme code | BSUB22 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies. In accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Finance and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding in the areas of finance, financial markets, economics, financial accounting and management for an effective and valued career in financial services or a related management function.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to help students:
In Finance:
- To develop a deep understanding in areas of finance theory and its application; national and international financial markets; ethics; economics and financial systems; and financial accounting, by pursuing them over an extended period and in depth.
- To develop a critical awareness of the dynamics of the national and international environments affecting finance; financial markets and regulation; and financial reporting.
- To develop a full range of professional skills and personal qualities useful for managing in finance and financial institutions.
In Management:
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving and through individual experiences.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks to:
- provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated international programme through close links with leading financial institutions and professional bodies and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience.
- provide the opportunity for students to examine critically and in depth key issues faced by finance professionals and financial managers including ethical concerns.
- provide a range of optional subjects that, in addition to core subjects, will enable graduates to pursue more general management careers.
- develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims. It offers students on our Finance and Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- Finance Subject Benchmark Statement (F)
- General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B&M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
- Requirements of the relevant professional bodies.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statements for Finance and General Business and Management. Those relating directly to the benchmarks are marked (F) and/or (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate relevant knowledge and understanding of:
K1: Foundational disciplines of management, including economics, business mathematics and statistics;
K2: Business organisations in their technological, economic, fiscal, legal and political contexts (B&M);
K3: The behaviour of people in organisations (B&M);
K4: The processes of management and decision making (B&M);
K5: The contexts in which finance plays a part, including an understanding of the roles, operation and functions of domestic and international financial markets and financial institutions and ethical considerations (F)
K6: The major theoretical tools and theories of finance, their relevance and application to theoretical and practical problems and application of this knowledge to the appraisal of empirical evidence. (F)
K7: The structures, financing arrangements and governance mechanisms of business organisations, and an appreciation of how theory and evidence can be combined to assess the effectiveness and efficiency of such arrangements and the factors affecting investment decisions. (F)
K8: The interpretation of financial reports from accounting statements prepared following international accounting standards and data generated in financial markets (F)
K9: Analytical tools for the effective financial management of single-market and international business operations (F);
K10: Contemporary theories of finance and financial management and their related research evidence (F);
K11: The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations (B&M);
K12: A range of contemporary issues in international management (B&M).
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
C1: analyse and solve theoretical and practical problems in single-market and international finance;
C2: synthesise important issues and themes from the professional and academic literature in finance;
C3: critically evaluate arguments and evidence related to finance and ethical issues;
C4: critically evaluate arguments and evidence related to investment practice and treasury management;
C5: interpret financial statements.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
P1: prepare and interpret financial reports suitable for a professional audience;
P2: collect and analyse relevant financial data using appropriate techniques;
P3: use appropriate analytical and professional tools in complex financial scenarios.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
T1: Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness;
T2: Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development;
T3: Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution;
T4: Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
T5: Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
T6: Learn and work independently;
T7: Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques;
T8: Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing;
T9: Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently;
T10: Work well in an international team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A Introductory Modules
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES
Code |
Subject Title |
Modular Weight |
BSA007 |
Skills for Study, Placement and Employment |
20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES
BSA005 |
Organisational Behaviour |
10 |
BSA013 |
Principles of Financial Accounting |
10 |
BSA020 |
Microeconomics for Financial Studies |
10 |
BSA025 |
Introduction to Law |
10 |
BSA080/085 |
Quantitative Methods for Business A or B |
10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES
BSA014 |
Financial Accounting and Analysis |
10 |
BSA019 |
Finance and Accounting in Context |
10 |
BSA022 |
Macroeconomics for Financial Studies |
10 |
BSA053 |
Organisations in the International Context |
10 |
BSA110/115 |
Business Modelling A or B |
10 |
Students will be required to select one or other of BSA080/085 in Semester 1 and again to one or other of BSA110/115 in Semester 2 based on their level of maths education at entry.
4.2 Part B Degree Modules
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES
Code |
Subject Title |
Modular Weight |
ECB015 |
Economics of the Financial System |
20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES
Code |
Subject Title |
Modular Weight |
BSB006 |
Ethics in Finance and Accounting |
10 |
BSB010 |
Business Information Management |
10 |
BSB025 |
Financial Management |
10 |
BSB120 |
Management Science Methods |
10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES
BSB009 |
Corporate Finance |
10 |
BSB027 |
Financial Markets and Derivatives Fundamentals |
10 |
BSB070 |
Accounting for Management Decisions |
10 |
Semester 1 Options (Choose ONE)
BSB007 |
Financial Reporting |
10 |
BSB030 |
Marketing |
10 |
BSB040 |
Human Resource Management |
10 |
BSB046 |
Organisational Studie |
10 |
BSB050 |
International Business |
10 |
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
Semester 2 Options (Choose TWO)
BSB012 |
Information Systems Development |
10 |
BSB024 |
International Economics |
10 |
BSB052 |
International Management |
10 |
BSB100 |
Operations Management |
10 |
BSB110 |
Data Analysis for Management |
10 |
BSB127 |
Digital Marketing |
10 |
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
4.4 Part C Degree Modules
Note: Students must take modules giving 120 credits in total for the year of which 60 credits must be taken in each semester, at least 20 credits must come from Group 1 modules and no more than 60 credits from Group 2 modules.
SEMESTER 1
COMPULSORY MODULES
BSC014 |
Portfolio Management |
20 |
OPTIONAL MODULES
GROUP 1 MODULES
BSC017 |
Financial Risk Management |
10 |
BSC030 |
Corporate Governance |
10 |
BSC051 |
International Corporate Governance and Firms |
10 |
GROUP 2 MODULES
BSC063 |
Decision and Efficiency Analysis |
10 |
BSC068 |
Consulting for Decision Making (suspend 2020) |
10 |
BSC070 |
Technology in Business and Society |
10 |
BSC071 |
Managing Big Data |
10 |
BSC100 |
Advanced Interpersonal Skills |
10 |
BSC132 |
Small Business Issues |
10 |
BSC165 |
Business Forecasting |
10 |
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
SEMESTER 2
COMPULSORY MODULES
BSCxxx |
Financial Trading |
20 |
GROUP 1 MODULES
BSC018 |
Behavioural Finance |
10 |
BSC019 |
Multinational Financial Management |
10 |
GROUP 2 MODULES
BSC059 |
Business and Entrepreneurialism |
10 |
BSC064 |
Business Optimisation |
10 |
BSC067 |
Business Simulation for Decision Support |
10 |
BSC072 |
Strategic Information Management |
10 |
BSC085 |
The Changing Work Organisation |
10 |
BSC130 |
Business Programming |
10 |
BSC136 |
Enterprise Resource Planning |
10 |
BSC194 |
Project Management |
10 |
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Please check choices carefully.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- to progress from Part B to Part I, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Information Management and Business (2016-2019 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc/ BSc+DPS |
Programme title | Information Management and Business |
Programme code | BSUB25 |
Length of programme | The programme is available on a full-time basis. The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake a placement leading to the award of a Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) which takes place between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | PN11 (three years) or PNC1 (four years) |
Admissions criteria | BSc - BSc+DPS/DIntS - |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Information Management and Business degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations, especially those requiring sophisticated management of knowledge and information.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students:
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
- To develop a deep understanding of the importance of information management and its role in effective decision making in organisations.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience and optionally on placement.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks:
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with a wide variety of business organisations.
- To demonstrate the importance of information management and information literacy to a wide variety of business organisations.
- To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of a wide variety of business organisations.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- QAA: Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
- QAA Subject Benchmark Statement for Librarianship and Information Management (2007) (LIM) ()
- QAA Subject Benchmark Statement for General Business and Management (2007) (GBM) ()
- QAA booklet - Academic Credit in Higher Education in England (2006)
- ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ, Learning and Teaching Strategy
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
K1. the cultural, ethical, political and social issues surrounding the use of information at an organisational level and within society and the external environment (LIM, GBM)
K2. information systems - the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (GBM)
K3. the changing needs of users of existing and potential information services in a global technology rich environment (LIM)
K4. the principles of strategic management, marketing and planning and development of people within national and international organisations (GBM)
K5. professional, legal, moral and ethical considerations in the computing and information industries including issues such as data protection, the valuation of intellectual property, freedom of information etc. (LIM and GBM)
K6. a variety of sources of information through a range of physical and virtual channels, media and formats (LIM)
K7. pervasive issues such as sustainability, globalisation, corporate social responsibility, diversity, business innovation, creativity, enterprise development, knowledge management and risk management (GBM)
K8. human information behaviour and information seeking processes and information retrieval systems (LIM)
K9. appropriate frameworks, standards and systems for the description, classification and indexing of information and knowledge containers and content (LIM)
K10. organisations, the external environment in which they operate and how they are managed both domestically and globally (GBM)
K11. the internal aspects, functions and processes of organisations and their purpose, structures, governance, operations and management (GBM)
K12. different types of organisations that produce, disseminate and store information and their place in the information chain (LIM)
K13. policies and procedures that apply to the creation, capture, storage, dissemination, retrieval and destruction of information to ensure compliance with regulatory frameworks (LIM)
K14. the design, development and delivery of information products, systems and services to match customer requirements (LIM)
K15. processes, procedures and practices for effective management of national and international organisations (GBM)
K16. the concepts, principles and techniques underpinning key aspects of planning, managing and leading services, including financial management, human resource management, project management, marketing, service quality, customer relationship management and change management (GBM)
K17. the principles and capacities of information and communication technologies and their application in professional practice.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:
C1. demonstrate a range of cognitive and intellectual skills together with techniques specific to business and management such as critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, including the ability to relate and marshal facts, ideas and theories in a well-structured argument (LIM)
C2. self reflect critically, demonstrating self awareness, openness and sensitivity to diversity in terms of people, cultures, business and management issues; acquire the skills of learning to learn and developing a continuing appetite for learning; reflective, adaptive and collaborative learning (LIM)
C3. apply subject knowledge and understanding critically and effectively to real world situations (LIM)
C4. plan effective strategies for searching and handling information, in both printed and electronic formats
C5. apply qualitative and quantitative research methods and their application in practice. (LIM)
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:
P1. demonstrate effective use of information and communication technologies and their application in the management of information (LIM)
P2. specify, design and construct information services and computer-based systems according to users’ needs including identifying, formulating and solving business problems (LIM and GBM)
P3. carry out effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills (LIM and GBM)
P4. apply the concepts, principles and techniques of strategic management in real world situations (LIM)
P5. use a range of electronic information resources and systems including databases, search engines and portals (LIM)
P6. conduct research into business and information management issues (GBM)
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:
T1. make effective use of communication and information technology, for example create and manipulate documents and databases using appropriate software (LIM and GBM)
T2. use numeracy and quantitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation and present information in numerical and statistical form using appropriate software (LIM and GBM)
T3. apply critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, evaluation and manage and reflect on their own learning (LIM and GBM)
T4. show interpersonal skills of effective listening, negotiating, persuasion and presentation and communicate effectively orally and in writing using a range of media for different purposes and audiences (LIM and GBM)
T5. demonstrate effective self-management in terms of time, planning and behaviour (LIM and GBM)
T6. achieve effective performance, within a team environment, including leadership, team building, influencing and project management skills in various contexts (LIM and GBM)
T7. appreciate the need for continuing professional development and manage their own lifelong learning (LIM and GBM)
T8. demonstrate skills of critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, including the ability to relate data, facts, ideas and theories into a well-structured argument (LIM and GBM)
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULE | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA055 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
BSA070 Financial Reporting | 10 |
BSA080/085 Quantitative Methods for Business A or B | 10 |
ISA410 Information in Society | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA057 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSA110/115 Business Modelling A or B | 10 |
ISA411 Intelligent Organisations | 10 |
ISA413 Agile Data Management | 10 |
Students will be required to select one or other of BSA080/085 in Semester 1 and again to one or other of BSA110/115 in Semester 2 based on their level of maths education at entry.
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB120 Management Science Methods | 10 |
ISB411 Knowledge, Data and Information Systems | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions | 10 |
BSB105 Global Brand Management | 10 |
ISB412 Digital Resilience | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO) | |
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSB035 Sales Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO) | |
BSB027 Financial Markets and Derivatives Fundamentals | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
BSB127 Digital Marketing | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
BSB590 The Contemporary Business Environment | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
4.3 Part I - Placement (8 semester programme only)
Candidates on degree programmes which include professional training will be registered for module BSI001 Placement. They will undertake a placement of minimum 48 weeks during the year between Part B and Part C which will lead to the qualification of Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) on successful completion of the required assessments for BSI001 and of the degree programme requirements.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC055 Global Strategic Management | 20 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES |
|
GROUP 1* | |
ISC002 Information Management Project (weight 30) continued in Semester 2 | 10/20 |
ISC027 Information and Knowledge Management | 10 |
ISC200 Information Architecture | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC015 Corporate Finance | 10 |
BSC017 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms | 10 |
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making (suspended 2020) | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES |
|
GROUP 1* | |
ISC002 Information Management Project (weight 30) continued in Semester 2 | 20/10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC194 Project Management | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC575 Leadership and Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 10 credits must be chosen from Group 1*. Various semester 2 modules in the final year have pre-requisite modules. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- to progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with Regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) International Business (2020 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc /BSc DPS/BSc DIntS |
Programme title | International Business |
Programme code | BSUB30 |
Length of programme | The programme has three streams: the ‘Placement Stream’, the ‘Study Abroad Stream’ and the ‘Split Stream’. In addition, and in accordance with Senate Regulation XI, the Placement Stream leads to the Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS); and the Study Abroad and Split Streams lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS). The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, the third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. Students following the Placement Stream are required to spend Part I undertaking professional training; those following the Study Abroad Stream are required to spend Part I at an approved academic institution; those following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of Part I undertaking professional training, and the other half of the year studying at an approved academic institution. |
UCAS code | N110 |
Admissions criteria | BSc DPS/DIntS - |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The International Business degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring international understanding and cultural competence.
Within this general aim, the programme specifically seeks to:
- To provide students with an intellectually-stimulating environment within which they can develop knowledge, concepts and skill of the major academic disciplines of business and management in a global context;
- To enable students to develop a comprehensive understanding of the concepts, critical thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving in national and international contexts;
- To enable students to develop a global outlook to face effectively the managerial and organisational challenges of a globalized economy;
- To provide international perspectives on business and management via close links with the international business community and professional bodies through experience in a professional placement and/or a study abroad scheme;
- To equip graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding to pursue a career in the international business context.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- General Business and Management Benchmark Statement
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate relevant knowledge and understanding of:
K1 The global context in which business operates (including economic, social, legal, technological, ethical, international and political factors);
K2 Key corporate functions (including marketing; accounting; human resource management; and global operations) and their role in the international business environment;
K3 The behaviour and management of people in global organisations;
K4 Corporate responsibility including the need to manage responsibly and behave ethically in relation to social, cultural, economic and environmental issues;
K5 Principles and application of management theories to decision making;
K6 Mathematics and statistics sufficient to support data interpretation and decision making;
K7 Pervasive issues which impact on international firms and international business, (including: globalisation, diversity and cultural factors);
K8 The development of appropriate strategies at the corporate level for a changing national and international environment.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
C1 Relate theory to practice in global business and management environments;
C2 Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured international business problems;
C3 Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to comprehend and evaluate complex issues in a wide range of cross-border management and business settings;
C4 Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
P1 Communicate (including orally and written) in a global business context, using a range of styles and media;
P2 Make use of a wide range of information technologies in a business context;
P3 Conduct research relevant to international business issues using a variety of sources of information;
P4 Critically analyse complex cross-border scenarios.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
T1 Self-manage their own learning and development, including a readiness to accept responsibility, work independently, be adaptable, resilient, self-starting and organised;
T2 Demonstrate self-awareness through reflective practice and appreciate the need for continuing professional development;
T3 Work in teams and demonstrate leadership, team-building and project management skills;
4. Programme structure
Students must have a total modular weighting of 120 credits per year. This must include the compulsory modules. The remaining optional modules must be chosen to give a 60:60 split over the two semesters.
INTRODUCTORY MODULES
4.1 Part A
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (60 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSA007 |
Skills for Study, Placement and Employment |
20 |
BSA051 |
Management Perspectives and Organisational Behaviour |
20 |
BSA081/082 |
Quantitative Business Skills A/B |
20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSA055 |
Principles of Marketing |
10 |
BSA070 |
Financial Reporting |
10 |
Optional modules (10 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSA010 |
Business in the Digital Age |
10 |
|
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSA053 |
Organisations in the International Context |
10 |
BSA065 |
Economics for Business I |
10 |
Optional modules (10 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSA016 |
Principles of Finance |
10 |
BSA026 |
Principles of Law |
10 |
BSA057 |
The Marketing Mix |
10 |
BSA075 |
Introduction to Retail Management |
10 |
|
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
Students will be required to select one or other of BSA081/082 based on their level of maths education at entry.
DEGREE MODULES
4.2 Part B
Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University. Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics. Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSB008 |
Employability and Critical Thinking Skills |
10 |
BSB040 |
Human Resource Management |
10 |
BSB050 |
International Business |
10 |
BSB065 |
Economics for Business II |
10 |
BSB070 |
Accounting for Management Decisions |
10 |
Optional modules (10 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSB010 |
Business Information Management |
10 |
BSB035 |
Sales Management |
10 |
BSB046 |
Organisation Studies |
10 |
BSB105 |
Global Brand Management |
10 |
BSB120 |
Management Science Methods |
10 |
BSB130 |
Business Programming |
10 |
|
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
Compulsory modules (40 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSB052 |
International Management |
10 |
BSB127 |
Digital Marketing |
10 |
BSB135 |
Consumer Behaviour |
10 |
BSB150 |
Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility |
10 |
Optional modules (20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSB012 |
Information Systems Development |
10 |
BSB015 |
Company Law |
10 |
BSB027 |
Financial Markets and Derivatives Fundamentals |
10 |
BSB087 |
Vocational Psychology |
10 |
BSB100 |
Operations Management |
10 |
BSB110 |
Data Analysis for Management |
10 |
BSB125 |
Retail and Service Operations |
10 |
BSB014 |
Programming for Business Analytics |
10 |
BSB126 |
Marketing Research |
20 |
LANxxx |
University Wide Language Programme |
10 |
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
4.4 Part C
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (40 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSC051 |
International Corporate Governance and Firms. |
10 |
BSC089 |
Leadership and Professional Development |
10 |
BSC105 |
International Human Resource Management |
10 |
BSC115 |
International Marketing |
10 |
Optional modules (20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSC015 |
Corporate Finance |
10 |
BSC017 |
Financial Risk Management |
10 |
BSC030 |
Corporate Governance |
10 |
BSC063 |
Decision and Efficiency Analysis |
10 |
BSC068 |
Consulting for Decision Making |
10 |
BSC070 |
Technology in Business and Society |
10 |
BSC071 |
Managing Big Data |
10 |
BSC100 |
Advanced Interpersonal Skills |
10 |
BSC132 |
Small Business Issues |
10 |
BSC165 |
Business Forecasting |
10 |
BSC190 |
Web Analytics |
10 |
ISC027 |
Information and Knowledge Management |
10 |
|
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (30 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSC053 |
International Negotiations |
10 |
BSC055 |
Global Strategic Management |
20 |
Optional modules (30 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSC018 |
Behavioural Finance |
10 |
BSC019 |
Multinational Financial Management |
10 |
BSC024 |
International Economics |
10 |
BSC059 |
Business and Entrepreneurialism in Post-Conflict Spaces |
10 |
BSC064 |
Business Optimisation |
10 |
BSC067 |
Simulation for Decision Support |
10 |
BSC072 |
Strategic Information Management |
10 |
BSC080 |
Analysing Careers |
10 |
BSC084 |
Contemporary Work in a Changing Society |
10 |
BSC110 |
Marketing Strategy and Planning |
20 |
BSC117 |
Services Marketing |
10 |
BSC124 |
Marketing Communications |
10 |
BSC134 |
Business Planning for New Ventures |
10 |
BSC136 |
Enterprise Resource Planning |
10 |
BSC191 |
Data Mining for Business |
10 |
BSC193 |
Databases for Business Analytics |
10 |
BSC194 |
Project Management |
10 |
|
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) International Business (2016-2019 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc /BSc DPS/BSc DIntS |
Programme title | International Business |
Programme code | BSUB30 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | N110 |
Admissions criteria | BSc DPS/DIntS - |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The International Business degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring international understanding and cultural competence.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
- To develop a global outlook to face effectively the managerial and organisational challenges of a globalized economy.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To offer international perspectives on business and management through teaching and learning and through close links with international partner universities.
- To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the international business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵUniversity is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas
- the foundation disciplines of business and management including economics, mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
- the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which business operates, both domestically and internationally (B&M);
- integration of concepts from the various business disciplines to comprehend business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M);
- the process of management and differing international styles of management (B&M);
- concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills relevant to solving problems in both national and international business contexts;
- the nature of organisations and the behaviour of people within international firms, both individually and working in groups (B&M);
- pervasive issues which impact on international firms and international business, including: globalisation, diversity and cultural issues (B&M);
- the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation, international marketing and the marketing mix (B&M);
- the sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
- the management of operations in intenational firms (B&M);
- the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
- the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
- the development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
- Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
- Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- Relate theory to practice in business and management (B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- use effective communication, both oral and written, in a range of styles and media appropriate for management in different cultures (B&M);
- make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M);
- conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M);
- create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
- use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- understand and be sensitive to different cultures, including the ability to work effectively in other cultures (B&M);
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA055 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
BSA070 Financial Reporting | 10 |
BSA080/085 Quantitative Methods for Business A or B | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
BSA057 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSA110/115 Business Modelling A or B | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSA050 Introduction to Management | 10 |
BSA075 Introduction to Retail Management | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSA026 Principles of Law | 10 |
BSA052 Sociology of Work | 10 |
BSA077 Retailing Environment | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
Students will be required to select one or other of BSA080/085 in Semester 1 and again to one or other of BSA110/115 in Semester 2 based on their level of maths education at entry.
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB137 Data Analysis for Marketing Decisions | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions | 10 |
BSB105 Global Brand Management | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSB035 Sales Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB015 Company Law | 10 |
BSB027 Financial Markets and Derivatives Fundamentals | 10 |
BSB067 Business Lending (suspended 2020) | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
BSB132 Retail Buying | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University. Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics. Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC055 Global Strategic Management | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE) | |
BSC015 Corporate Finance | 10 |
BSC017 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making (suspended 2020) | 10 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
ISC027 Information and Knowledge Management | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE) | |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC019 Multinational Financial Management | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC194 Project Management | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) International Business (2015 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc /BSc DPS/BSc DIntS |
Programme title | International Business |
Programme code | BSUB30 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | N110 |
Admissions criteria | BSc DPS/DIntS - |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The International Business degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring international understanding and cultural competence.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
- To develop a global outlook to face effectively the managerial and organisational challenges of a globalized economy.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To offer international perspectives on business and management through teaching and learning and through close links with international partner universities.
- To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the international business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵUniversity is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas
- the foundation disciplines of business and management including economics, mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
- the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which business operates (B&M);
- integration of concepts from the various business disciplines to comprehend business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M);
- the process of management and differing international styles of management (B&M);
- concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills relevant to solving problems in both national and international business contexts;
- the nature of organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M);
- pervasive issues which impact on international firms and international business, including: globalisation, diversity and cultural issues (B&M);
- the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
- the sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
- the management of operations in both the manufacturing and service industries (B&M);
- the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
- the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
- the development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
- Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
- Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- Relate theory to practice in business and management (B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- use effective communication, both oral and written, in a range of styles and media appropriate for management in different cultures (B&M);
- make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M);
- conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M);
- create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
- use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- understand and be sensitive to different cultures, including the ability to work effectively in other cultures (B&M);
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA055 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
BSA070 Financial Framework | 10 |
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business Aor BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B |
10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
BSA057 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSA110 Business Modelling Aor BSA115 Business Modelling B |
10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSA035 Introduction to Banking | 10 |
BSA050 Introduction to Management | 10 |
BSA075 Introduction to Retail Management | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSA026 Principles of Law | 10 |
BSA036 Banking Law and Practice | 10 |
BSA052 Sociology of Work | 10 |
BSA077 Retailing Environment | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB137 Data Analysis for Marketing Decisions | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions | 10 |
BSB105 Brand Management | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSB015 Company Law | 10 |
BSB035 Sales Management | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB067 Business Lending | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB132 Retail Buying | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University. Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics. Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC055 Strategic Management | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE) | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE) | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Management Sciences (2016-2019 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc (Hons) + DPS/DIntS |
Programme title | Management Sciences |
Programme code | BSUB40 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | N201 |
Admissions criteria | BSc DPS/DIntS - |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Management Sciences degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring quantitative approaches, analytical techniques and significant IT skills.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
- To develop a comprehensive understanding of the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop skills in the choice, application, interpretation and implementation of industry standard and bespoke software packages required to meet the needs of the modern data-driven business environment.
- To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To provide students with a dynamic learning environment showing the importance and relevance of numeracy and computing skills in meeting the needs of successful modern organisations.
- To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas
- Foundational disciplines of business and management including economics, business mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions both domestically and globally (B&M);
- Key areas of the technological, economic, fiscal, legal, and political contexts in which domestic and international business operates (B&M, altered);
- The behaviour of people in both national and international organisations;
- The processes of management and decision making;
- Familiarity with a range of business data, research sources and appropriate methodologies (B&M, altered);
- The development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M, altered);
- The sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- The management and development of people within domestic and global organisations (B&M);
- the management of operations in both the manufacturing and service industries (B&M, altered);
- The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
- The key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M, altered);
- The development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M, altered);
- Modelling and analytical techniques in management including their strengths and weaknesses and appropriateness;
- Appropriate packages for modelling and decision making in domestic and international organisations;
- A range of contemporary issues impacting on various areas of management.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
- Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
- Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- Relate theory to practice in business and management(B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
- Make effective use of a wide range of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including the selection of appropriate software for various tasks (B&M);
- Conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the Internet (B&M);
- Create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
- Apply highly developed numerical skills and sophisticated quantitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation to business problems (B&M);
- Create, exploit and apply quantitative models to domestic and global business problems and phenomena (B&M);
- Perform effectively within a team environment, displaying effective team-working skills including leaderships, team-building and project management skills (B&M)
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of the programme students should be able to
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA055 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
BSA070 Financial Reporting | 10 |
BSA080/085 Quantitative Methods for Business A or B |
10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
BSA057 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSA110/115 Business Modelling A or B |
10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSA050 Introduction to Management | 10 |
BSA075 Introduction to Retail Management | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSA026 Principles of Law | 10 |
BSA052 Sociology of Work | 10 |
BSA077 Retailing Environment | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
Students will be required to select one or other of BSA080/085 in Semester 1 and again to one or other of BSA110/115 in Semester 2 based on their level of maths education at entry.
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB120 Management Science Methods | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (SELECT THREE) | |
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
BSB035 Sales Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (SELECT TWO) | |
BSB015 Company Law | 10 |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB027 Financial Markets and Derivatives Fundamentals | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB067 Business Lending (suspended 2020) | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB105 Global Brand Management | 10 |
BSB127 Digital Marketing | 10 |
BSB132 Retail Buying | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economicsapproved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC055 Global Strategic Management | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 60 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making (suspended 2020) | 10 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC015 Corporate Finance | 10 |
BSC017 Financial Risk Management | |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
ISC027 Informational and Knowledge Management | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 40 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC019 Multinational Financial Management | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC194 Project Management | 10 |
University-wide Languages Programme | 10 |
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1*. Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Management Sciences (2015 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc (Hons) + DPS/DIntS |
Programme title | Management Sciences |
Programme code | BSUB40 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | N201 |
Admissions criteria | BSc DPS/DIntS - |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Management Sciences degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring quantitative approaches, analytical techniques and significant IT skills.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
- To develop a comprehensive understanding of the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop skills in the choice, application, interpretation and implementation of industry standard and bespoke software packages required to meet the needs of the modern data-driven business environment.
- To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To provide students with a dynamic learning environment showing the importance and relevance of numeracy and computing skills in meeting the needs of successful modern organisations.
- To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas
- Foundational disciplines of business and management including economics, business mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
- Key areas of the technological, economic, fiscal, legal, and political contexts in which business operates (B&M, altered);
- The behaviour of people in organisations;
- The processes of management and decision making;
- Familiarity with a range of business data, research sources and appropriate methodologies (B&M, altered);
- The development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M, altered);
- The sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- The management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
- the management of operations in both the manufacturing and service industries (B&M, altered);
- The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
- The key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M, altered);
- The development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M, altered);
- Modelling and analytical techniques in management including their strengths and weaknesses and appropriateness;
- Appropriate packages for modelling and decision making in management;
- A range of contemporary issues impacting on various areas of management.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
- Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
- Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- Relate theory to practice in business and management(B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
- Make effective use of a wide range of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including the selection of appropriate software for various tasks (B&M);
- Conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the Internet (B&M);
- Create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
- Apply highly developed numerical skills and sophisticated quantitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation to business problems (B&M);
- Create, exploit and apply quantitative models to business problems and phenomena (B&M);
- Perform effectively within a team environment, displaying effective team-working skills including leaderships, team-building and project management skills(B&M)
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of the programme students should be able to
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA055 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
BSA070 Financial Framework | 10 |
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B |
10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
BSA057 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSA110 Business Modelling A or BSA115 Business Modelling B |
10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSA035 Introduction to Banking | 10 |
BSA050 Introduction to Management | 10 |
BSA075 Introduction to Retail Management | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSA026 Principles of Law | 10 |
BSA036 Banking Law and Practice | 10 |
BSA052 Sociology of Work | 10 |
BSA077 Retailing Environment | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
BSB120 Management Science Methods | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions | 10 |
BSB105 Brand Management | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (SELECT TWO) | |
BSB015 Company Law | 10 |
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSB035 Sales Management | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (SELECT TWO) | |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB067 Business Lending | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB132 Retail Buying | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University. Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics. Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economicsapproved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC055 Strategic Management | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 40 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1*. Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Business Analytics (2020 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc /BSc DPS/BSc DIntS |
Programme title | Business Analytics |
Programme code | BSUB45 |
Length of programme | The programme has three streams: the ‘Placement Stream’, the ‘Study Abroad Stream’ and the ‘Split Stream’. In addition, and in accordance with Senate Regulation XI, the Placement Stream leads to the Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS); and the Study Abroad and Split Streams lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS). The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, the third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. Students following the Placement Stream are required to spend Part I undertaking professional training; those following the Study Abroad Stream are required to spend Part I at an approved academic institution; those following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of Part I undertaking professional training, and the other half of the year studying at an approved academic institution. |
UCAS code | N2N1 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The focus of this programme is on the areas of business that require highly developed quantitative and qualitative analytical skills in dealing with ‘big data’ and training in knowledge and information systems management.
Within this general aim, the programme specifically seeks to:
- To provide students with an intellectually-stimulating environment within which they can develop knowledge, concepts and skill of the major academic disciplines of business and management;
- To facilitate close links with industry and professional bodies through experience in a professional placement and/or a study abroad scheme;
- To enable students to develop a comprehensive understanding of the concepts, critical thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving in national and international contexts;
- To develop analytical approaches and useful practical skills for working with “big data”;
- To develop a deep understanding of information systems management, its importance to business and its role in effective decision making;
- To equip graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding to pursue a career in the field of business analytics or wider management.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- General Business and Management Benchmark Statement
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate relevant knowledge and understanding of:
K1 The domestic and international context in which business operates (including economic, social, legal, technological, ethical and political factors);
K2 Key corporate functions (including marketing; accounting; human resource management; and global operations);
K3 The behaviour and management of people in a national and international context;
K4 Corporate responsibility including the need to manage responsibly and behave ethically in relation to social, cultural, economic and environmental issues;
K5 The utilisation of modelling and analytical techniques to management and decision making;
K6 The application and impact of information systems and communication technologies to business and management;
K7 The cultural, ethical, legal, political and social issues concerning the wider uses of data and information;
K8 The development and utilisation of computer programs, and utilisation of packages, for analytics.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
C1 Relate business analytics theory to practice in both national and international contexts;
C2 Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business analytics problems;
C3 Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to comprehend and evaluate complex issues in a wide range of business analytics and management decision-making contexts;
C4 Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
P1 Communicate (including orally and written) in a business analytics context, using a range of styles and media;
P2 Make use of a wide range of information technologies and solutions in a business analytics context;
P3 Conduct research using a variety of business analytics methods and sources of information;
P4 Apply appropriate quantitative skills, data modelling and computational methods to business problems and decision-making;
P5 Specify, design and construct computer-based systems and web-based technologies to meet users' needs.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
T1 Self-manage their own learning and development, including a readiness to accept responsibility, work independently, be adaptable, resilient, self-starting and organised;
T2 Demonstrate self-awareness through reflective practice and appreciate the need for continuing professional development;
T3 Work in teams and demonstrate leadership, team-building and project management skills;
4. Programme structure
Students must have a total modular weighting of 120 credits per year. This must include the compulsory modules. The remaining optional modules must be chosen to give a 60:60 split over the two semesters.
INTRODUCTORY MODULES
4.1 Part A
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (60 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSA007 |
Skills for Study, Placement and Employment |
20 |
BSA051 |
Management Perspectives and Organisational Behaviour |
20 |
BSA081/082 |
Quantitative Business Skills A/B |
20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSA055 |
Principles of Marketing |
10 |
BSA070 |
Financial Reporting |
10 |
Optional modules (10 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSA010 |
Business in the Digital Age |
10 |
|
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (10 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSA065 |
Economics for Business I |
10 |
Optional modules (20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSA016 |
Principles of Finance |
10 |
BSA026 |
Principles of Law |
10 |
BSA053 |
Organisations in the International Context |
10 |
BSA057 |
The Marketing Mix |
10 |
BSA075 |
Introduction to Retail Management |
10 |
|
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
Students will be required to select one or other of BSA081/082 based on their level of maths education at entry.
DEGREE MODULES
4.2 Part B
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSB008 |
Employability and Critical Thinking Skills |
10 |
BSB010 |
Business Information Management |
10 |
BSB040 |
Human Resource Management |
10 |
BSB070 |
Management Accounting |
10 |
BSB120 |
Management Science Methods |
10 |
Optional modules (10 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSB035 |
Sales Management |
10 |
BSB046 |
Organisation Studies |
10 |
BSB065 |
Economics for Business II |
10 |
BSB105 |
Global Brand Management |
10 |
BSB130 |
Business Programming |
10 |
|
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSB012 |
Information Systems Development |
10 |
BSB014 |
Programming for Business Analytics |
10 |
BSB100 |
Operations Management |
10 |
BSB110 |
Data Analysis for Management |
10 |
BSB150 |
Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility |
10 |
Optional modules (10 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSB015 |
Company Law |
10 |
BSB027 |
Financial Markets and Derivatives Fundamentals |
10 |
BSB052 |
International Management |
10 |
BSB087 |
Vocational Psychology |
10 |
BSB125 |
Retail and Service Operations |
10 |
BSB135 |
Consumer Behaviour |
10 |
BSB127 |
Digital Marketing |
10 |
|
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
4.4 Part C
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (40 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSC071 |
Managing Big Data |
10 |
BSC089 |
Leadership and Professional Development |
10 |
BSC165 |
Business Forecasting |
10 |
BSC190 |
Web Analytics |
10 |
Optional modules (20 credits)
Group 1 Modules |
||
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSC063 |
Decision and Efficiency Analysis |
10 |
BSC068 |
Consulting for Decision Making |
10 |
BSC070 |
Technology in Business and Society |
10 |
ISC027 |
Information and Knowledge Management |
10 |
Group 2 Modules |
||
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSC015 |
Corporate Finance |
10 |
BSC030 |
Corporate Governance |
10 |
BSC100 |
Advanced Interpersonal Skills |
10 |
BSC105 |
International Human Resource Management |
10 |
BSC115 |
International Marketing |
10 |
BSC132 |
Small Business Issues |
10 |
|
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (40 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSC055 |
Global Strategic Management |
20 |
BSC191 |
Data Mining for Business |
10 |
BSC193 |
Databases for Business Analytics |
10 |
Optional modules (20 credits)
Group 1 Modules |
||
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSC064 |
Business Optimisation |
10 |
BSC067 |
Simulation for Decision Support |
10 |
BSC072 |
Strategic Information Management |
10 |
BSC136 |
Enterprise Resource Planning |
10 |
Group 2 Modules |
||
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSC018 |
Behavioural Finance |
10 |
BSC024 |
International Economics |
10 |
BSC059 |
Business and Entrepreneurialism in Post-Conflict Spaces |
10 |
BSC080 |
Analysing Careers |
10 |
BSC084 |
Contemporary Work in a Changing Society |
10 |
BSC117 |
Services Marketing |
10 |
BSC124 |
Marketing Communications |
10 |
BSC134 |
Business Planning for New Ventures |
10 |
BSC194 |
Project Management |
10 |
|
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
** Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 AT LEAST 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1 (Grp 1) **
Various Semester 2 modules may have a pre-requisite module in Semester 1 of Part C.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Retailing, Marketing and Management (2019 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc (Hons) + DPS/DIntS |
Programme title | Retailing, Marketing and Management |
Programme code | BSUB50 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | NN25 |
Admissions criteria | BSc DPS/DIntS - |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Retailing, Marketing and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in retail management, marketing or other similar management situations.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training, particularly in the areas of retailing and marketing.
- To develop a deep understanding in the areas of retailing and marketing by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement.
- To provide students with deep insight into retailing and management through the use of a wide variety of case studies.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims. It offers students on our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- The benchmark statement for General and Business Management
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas:
- the foundation disciplines of business and management including marketing, economics, business mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main domestic and global business and management functions (B&M)
- the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which retail business operates both nationally and internationally (B&M)
- integration of concepts from the various business disciplines to comprehend retail business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M)
- the processes of management and decision making;
- concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills relevant to solving problems in a retail context
- the nature of retailing and other domestic and international organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M)
- the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
- the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- the management and development of people within national and international organisations (B&M);
- the management of operations in the retailing industries both domestically and globally (B&M);
- the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon retailing organisations (B&M);
- the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
- the development of appropriate policies and retailing strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of the programme students should be able to
- Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
- Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
- Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- Relate theory to practice in business and management (B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of the programme students should be able to
- Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
- make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M)
- conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M)
- use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M)
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of the programme students should be able to
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA055 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
BSA070 Financial Reporting | 10 |
BSA075 Introduction to Retail Management | 10 |
BSA080/085 Quantitative Methods for Business A or B | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
BSA057 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSA077 Retailing Environment | 10 |
BSA110/115 Business Modelling A or B | 10 |
Students will be required to select one or other of BSA080/085 in Semester 1 and one or other of BSA110/115 in Semester 2 based on their level of maths education on entry.
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB125 Retail and Service Operations | 20 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions | 10 |
BSB105 Global Brand Management | 10 |
BSB131 Visual Merchandising | 10 |
BSB132 Retail Buying | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO) | |
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
BSB035 Sales Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB137 Data Analysis for Marketing Decisions | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB027 Financial Markets and Derivatives | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB127 Digital Marketing | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC180 Retailing Logistics | 20 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC170 Retailing Strategy | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 30 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC015 Corporate Finance | 10 |
BSC017 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making (suspended 2020) | 10 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
ISC027 Information and Knowledge Management | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC194 Project Management | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 10 credits must be chosen from Group 1*. Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Retailing, Marketing and Management (2016, 2017 and 2018 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc (Hons) + DPS/DIntS |
Programme title | Retailing, Marketing and Management |
Programme code | BSUB50 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | NN25 |
Admissions criteria | BSc DPS/DIntS - |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Retailing, Marketing and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in retail management, marketing or other similar management situations.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training, particularly in the areas of retailing and marketing.
- To develop a deep understanding in the areas of retailing and marketing by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement.
- To provide students with deep insight into retailing and management through the use of a wide variety of case studies.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims. It offers students on our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- The benchmark statement for General and Business Management
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas:
- the foundation disciplines of business and management including marketing, economics, business mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main domestic and global business and management functions (B&M)
- the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which retail business operates both nationally and internationally (B&M)
- integration of concepts from the various business disciplines to comprehend retail business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M)
- the processes of management and decision making;
- concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills relevant to solving problems in a retail context
- the nature of retailing and other domestic and international organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M)
- the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
- the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- the management and development of people within national and international organisations (B&M);
- the management of operations in the retailing industries both domestically and globally (B&M);
- the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon retailing organisations (B&M);
- the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
- the development of appropriate policies and retailing strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of the programme students should be able to
- Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
- Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
- Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- Relate theory to practice in business and management (B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of the programme students should be able to
- Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
- make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M)
- conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M)
- use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M)
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of the programme students should be able to
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA055 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
BSA070 Financial Reporting | 10 |
BSA075 Introduction to Retail Management | 10 |
BSA080/085 Quantitative Methods for Business A or B | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
BSA057 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSA077 Retailing Environment | 10 |
BSA110/115 Business Modelling A or B | 10 |
Students will be required to select one or other of BSA080/085 in Semester 1 and one or other of BSA110/115 in Semester 2 based on their level of maths education on entry.
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB125 Retail and Service Operations | 20 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions | 10 |
BSB105 Global Brand Management | 10 |
BSB131 Visual Merchandising | 10 |
BSB132 Retail Buying | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO) | |
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
BSB035 Sales Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB137 Data Analysis for Marketing Decisions | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB027 Financial Markets and Derivatives | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University. Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics. Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC180 Retailing Logistics | 20 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC170 Retailing Strategy | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 30 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC015 Corporate Finance | 10 |
BSC017 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making (suspended 2020) | 10 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
ISC027 Information and Knowledge Management | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC194 Project Management | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 10 credits must be chosen from Group 1*. Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Marketing and Management (2020 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc /BSc DPS/BSc DIntS |
Programme title | Marketing and Management |
Programme code | BSUB55 |
Length of programme | The programme has three streams: the ‘Placement Stream’, the ‘Study Abroad Stream’ and the ‘Split Stream’. In addition, and in accordance with Senate Regulation XI, the Placement Stream leads to the Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS); and the Study Abroad and Split Streams lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS). The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, the third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. Students following the Placement Stream are required to spend Part I undertaking professional training; those following the Study Abroad Stream are required to spend Part I at an approved academic institution; those following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of Part I undertaking professional training, and the other half of the year studying at an approved academic institution. |
UCAS code | NN52 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Marketing and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in marketing and management.
Within this general aim, the programme specifically seeks to:
- To provide students with an intellectually-stimulating environment within which they can develop knowledge, concepts and skills of the major academic disciplines of marketing, business and management;
- To facilitate close links with industry and professional bodiesthrough experience in a professional placement and/or a study abroad scheme;
- To enable students to develop a comprehensive understanding of the concepts, critical thinking and numeracy skills necessary for problem solving in management and marketing within national and international contexts;
- To equip graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding to pursue a career in a range of marketing and management fields.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- General Business and Management Benchmark Statement
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate relevant knowledge and understanding of:
K1 The domestic and international context in which business operates (including economic, social, legal, technological, ethical and political factors);
K2 Key corporate functions (including marketing; accounting; human resource management; and global operations);
K3 The behaviour and management of people in a national and international context;
K4 Corporate responsibility including the need to manage responsibly and behave ethically in relation to social, cultural, economic and environmental issues;
K5 Principles and application of management theories to decision making;
K6 Mathematics and statistics sufficient to support data interpretation and decision making;
K7 The application of information technologies to management and marketing;
K8 The development and operation of markets for goods and services (including customer expectation, market orientation and the marketing mix).
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
C1 Demonstrate an understanding and ability to apply marketing theory to practice in both national and international contexts;
C2 Identify, assess and develop a range of alternative solutions to marketing and business problems;
C3 Use critical thinking and strategic marketing analysis to comprehend and evaluate complex issues in a range of business and management settings;
C4 Appraise marketing decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
P1 Communicate (including orally and written) in a variety of marketing and business contexts, using a range of styles and media;
P2 Make use of a wide range of marketing techniques including digital and social media technologies
P3 Conduct marketing research using a variety of sources of information;
P4 Produce marketing analysis using a variety qualitative and quantitative methods
P5 Develop and apply strategic marketing and management solutions to business problems using appropriate marketing models and frameworks.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
T1 Self-manage their own learning and development, including a readiness to accept responsibility, work independently, be adaptable, resilient, self-starting and organised;
T2 Demonstrate self-awareness through reflective practice and appreciate the need for continuing professional development;
T3 Work in teams and demonstrate leadership, team-building and project management skills.
4. Programme structure
Students must have a total modular weighting of 120 credits per year. This must include the compulsory modules. The remaining optional modules must be chosen to give a 60:60 split over the two semesters.
INTRODUCTORY MODULES
4.1 Part A
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (60 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSA007 |
Skills for Study, Placement and Employment |
20 |
BSA081/082 |
Quantitative Business Skills A/B |
20 |
BSA051 |
Management Perspectives and Organisational Behaviour |
20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSA055 |
Principles of Marketing |
10 |
BSA070 |
Financial Reporting |
10 |
Optional modules (10 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSA010 |
Business in the Digital Age |
10 |
|
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSA057 |
The Marketing Mix |
10 |
BSA065 |
Economics for Business I |
10 |
Optional modules (10 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSA016 |
Principles of Finance |
10 |
BSA026 |
Principles of Law |
10 |
BSA053 |
Organisations in the International Context |
10 |
BSA075 |
Introduction to Retail Management |
10 |
|
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
Students will be required to select one or other of BSA081/082 based on their level of maths education at entry.
DEGREE MODULES
4.2 Part B
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSB010 |
Business Information Management |
10 |
BSB040 |
Human Resource Management |
10 |
BSB070 |
Accounting for Management Decisions |
10 |
BSB105 |
Global Brand Management |
10 |
BSB008 |
Employability and Critical Thinking Skills |
10 |
Optional modules (10 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSB035 |
Sales Management |
10 |
BSB046 |
Organisation Studies |
10 |
BSB120 |
Management Science Methods |
10 |
BSB065 |
Economics for Business II |
10 |
BSB130 |
Business Programming |
10 |
|
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSB135 |
Consumer Behaviour |
10 |
BSB150 |
Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility |
10 |
BSB127 |
Digital Marketing |
10 |
BSB126 |
Marketing Research |
20 |
Optional modules (10 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSB012 |
Information Systems Development |
10 |
BSB015 |
Company Law |
10 |
BSB027 |
Financial Markets and Derivatives Fundamentals |
10 |
BSB052 |
International Management |
10 |
BSB087 |
Vocational Psychology |
10 |
BSB100 |
Operations Management |
10 |
BSB110 |
Data Analysis for Management |
10 |
BSB125 |
Retail and Service Operations |
10 |
BSB014 |
Programming for Business Analytics |
10 |
|
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
4.4 Part C
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (30 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSC089 |
Leadership and Professional Development |
10 |
BSC570 |
Strategic Management |
20 |
Optional modules (30 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
Group 1 Modules |
||
BSC115 |
International Marketing |
10 |
BSC131 |
Retail Supply Chain Management |
10 |
Group 2 Modules |
||
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSC015 |
Corporate Finance |
10 |
BSC030 |
Corporate Governance |
10 |
BSC063 |
Decision and Efficiency Analysis |
10 |
BSC068 |
Consulting for Decision Making |
10 |
BSC070 |
Technology in Business and Society |
10 |
BSC071 |
Managing Big Data |
10 |
BSC100 |
Advanced Interpersonal Skills |
10 |
BSC105 |
International Human Resource Management |
10 |
BSC132 |
Small Business Issues |
10 |
BSC165 |
Business Forecasting |
10 |
ISC027 |
Information and Knowledge Management |
10 |
|
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (30 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSC110 |
Marketing Strategy and Planning |
20 |
BSC124 |
Marketing Communications |
10 |
Optional modules (30 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
Group 1 Modules |
||
BSC117 |
Services Marketing |
10 |
BSC133 |
Retail Buying and Merchandising |
10 |
Group 2 Modules |
||
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSC018 |
Behavioural Finance |
10 |
BSC024 |
International Economics |
10 |
BSC059 |
Business and Entrepreneurialism in Post-Conflict Spaces |
10 |
BSC064 |
Business Optimisation |
10 |
BSC067 |
Simulation for Decision Support |
10 |
BSC072 |
Strategic Information Management |
10 |
BSC080 |
Analysing Careers |
10 |
BSC084 |
Contemporary Work in a Changing Society |
10 |
BSC134 |
Business Planning for New Ventures |
10 |
BSC136 |
Enterprise Resource Planning |
10 |
BSC191 |
Data Mining for Business |
10 |
BSC193 |
Databases for Business Analytics |
10 |
BSC194 |
Project Management |
10 |
|
University-wide Language Programme |
10 |
** Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 AT LEAST 30 credits must be chosen from Group 1 (Grp 1) **
Various Semester 2 modules may have a pre-requisite module in Semester 1 of Part C.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Economics and Management (2020 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc/ BSc+DPS/ BSc+DIntS |
Programme title | Economics and Management |
Programme code | ECUB01 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programmes is either six semesters or eight semesters. The option of eight semesters has four streams. Permission to transfer to the 8 semester programme will be at the discretion of the Programme Director (Economics). See Programme Structure for further details of eight semester streams. |
UCAS code | LN12 Economics and Management (3 years) LN1F Economics and Management (4 years sandwich) |
Admissions criteria | BSc - BSc+DPS/DIntS - |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
- To provide students with specialised training in the core aspects of economics and management particularly relevant to industry and commerce.
- To provide students with the opportunity to study a broad curriculum in both economics and in management.
- To provide students with core concepts in management and business.
- To equip students with the relevant tools to understand how firms behave, compete and implement strategies with reference to both their internal and external environment.
- To provide a foundation of knowledge about the workings of the domestic and international economy and to understand the impact of the economic environment on a range of business settings.
- To develop in students the ability to apply the knowledge and skills they have acquired to the solution of theoretical and applied problems in economics.
- To enable data handling skills relating to the analysis of information available and generated by modern business in order for managers to make effective and timely decisions.
- To develop students' communication and interpersonal skills and their ability to work in groups developing practical skills essential for working in a business environment.
- To provide students with the knowledge, skills and understanding required for a career in the economics and management professions.
- To provide students with analytical skills and an ability to develop simplifying frameworks for studying the real world.
- To develop in students the ability to appreciate what would be an appropriate level of abstraction for a range of economic issues.
- To provide students with the knowledge and skill base, from which they can proceed to further studies in economics, related areas or in multi-disciplinary areas that involve economics.
- To stimulate students intellectually through the study of economics and to lead them to appreciate its application to a range of managerial problems and its relevance in a variety of contexts.
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with industry, professional firms and accounting bodies, and through accreditation by the major professional accounting bodies.
- To enhance students’ career and employment prospects on graduating by developing a range of transferable skills embedded in the programme.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- QAA Subject Benchmark Statements: Economics.
- Benchmark Statements for General Business and Management
- Framework for Higher Education Qualifications.
- International links with a network of eleven European Universities within the Erasmus exchange programme.
- University Learning and Teaching Strategy.
- Departmental learning and teaching policies.
- Links, both formal and informal, with external examiners.
- Staff research specialisms and professional involvement in the discipline.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, within the Economics portion of the programme students will learn:
K1. A coherent core of economic principles. The understanding of these might be verbal, graphical or mathematical.
K2. Relevant quantitative methods and computing techniques. These cover mathematical and statistical methods, that may possibly include econometrics. Students will have exposure to the use of such techniques on actual economic, financial or social data at the national and international level. A knowledge and appreciation of economic data, both quantitative and qualitative. Students should also have some knowledge of the appropriate methods that the economist might use to structure and analyse such data.
K3. The applications of economics. Students should have the ability to apply a core of microeconomic and macroeconomic principles and reasoning to a variety of applied topics in both UK and global contexts. They should also be aware of the economic principles that can be used to design, guide and interpret commercial policy. Related to this, they should have the ability to evaluate government economic policy and to assess the performance of the domestic and international economies and the impact on the business environment.
Within the Management portion of the degree students will develop an understanding of:
K4. organisations; their internal structures and their management, including the management of human resources, financial resources and information systems at both the domestic and global level.
K5. the national and international external environment within which organisations operate; the markets for goods, services and finance; customers and the implications for marketing.
K6. analytical frameworks, techniques and processes; business policy and strategy; development of policy and strategy; current issues in strategic management both nationally and internationally.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
C1. Abstract and synthesise information.
C2. Develop problem-solving and decision-making skills using the analytical tools of deduction and induction reasoning.
C3. Critically evaluate and interpret a range of evidence, including data and text.
C4. Framing an economic problem within the merits of contrasting theories, explanations and arguments.
C5. Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios.
C6. Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems.
C7. Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions.
C8. Relate theory to practice in business and management (B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
P1. Construct economic models using verbal, diagrammatic, mathematical, statistical and econometric techniques and reasoning.
P2. Combine and interpret different types of evidence using appropriate techniques.
P3. Use effective communication, both oral and written, in a range of styles and media appropriate for management in different cultures.
P4. Make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software.
P5. Conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M).
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate the key skills of:
T1. Analysis and decision making.
T2. Communication, both written and verbal.
T3. Numeracy and computation.
T4. IT, information handling and retrieval, including library skills.
T5. Independent study and group work.
T6. Time management.
T7. Problem solving.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Structure
4.1.1 Students must have a total modular weighting of 120 credits per year. This must include the compulsory modules. The remaining optional modules may be chosen to give a 60:60 split over the two semesters, or alternatively, 50:70 or 70:50.
4.1.2 The prefixes on module codes represent the credit levels as follows:
A level 4; B level 5; C level 6.
4.1.3 The option of eight semesters has four streams:
- Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
- Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution.
- Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution.
The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
4.2 Content
Modules are classified as either Economics (codes beginning with EC), or Management (codes beginning with BS).
4.2.1 Part A
All the following Part A modules are compulsory.
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECA001 Principles of Macroeconomics | 20 |
ECA002 Principles of Microeconomics | 20 |
ECA003 Data Analysis | 20 |
ECA004 Quantitative Economics | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA505 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA525 Introduction to Accounting | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA008 Skills for Study and Employment | 10 |
BSA506 Management of Human Resources | 10 |
4.2.2 Part B
Compulsory Modules (total modular weight: 90 credits):
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECB501 Fundamental Macroeconomics | 20 |
ECB502 Fundamental Microeconomics | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB560 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB532 Accounting for Managers | 10 |
BSB580 Operations Management | 10 |
BSB590 The Contemporary Business Environment | 10 |
OPTIONAL MODULES - Choose a MAXIMUM of 30 credits from: | |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECB003 Introduction to Econometrics (not if taking BSB110) | 20 |
ECB004 Introduction to Financial Economics (not if taking BSB025) | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB572 Management Science Methods | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECB039 Economics of Business Strategy | 20 |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management (not if taking ECB003) | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
BSB562 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
Compulsory and optional modules must be taken such that the total modular weight for the year is 120 credits.
Please note: Optional modules are subject to availability and timetable permitting.
4.2.3 Optional Part I (8 semester programme only)
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake industrial or professional training.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake industrial or professional training for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.2.4 Part C - student must choose 60 credits in Economics (EC) and 60 credits in Management (BS)
Compulsory modules (total modular weight: 30 credits):
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECC142 Research and Communication Skills for Economists | 20 |
BSC575 Leadership and Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECC038 Applied Econometrics | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECC001 Developments in Microeconomics | 20 |
ECC003 International Money and Finance | 20 |
ECC004 Financial Economics and Asset Pricing | 20 |
ECC020 Behavioural Economics | 20 |
ECC031 International Trade | 20 |
ECC101 Developments in Macroeconomics | 20 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC522 Entrepreneurship and Innovation | 10 |
BSC570 Strategic Management | 20 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECC005 Industrial Economics | 20 |
ECC035 Central Banking and Financial Crises | 20 |
ECC119 Development Economics | 20 |
ECC139 Environmental Economics | 20 |
ECC141 Corporate Finance and Derivatives | 20 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC084 Contemporary Work in a Changing Society | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC194 Project Management | 10 |
BSC524 Entrepreneurship and Small Business Planning | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
Compulsory and optional modules must be taken such that the total modular weight for the year is 120 credits.
Please note: Optional modules are subject to availability and timetable permitting.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Progression Criteria
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
A Diploma in Professional Studies will be awarded to students who have satisfactorily completed the programme of study required for Part I.
5.2 Reassessment
Candidates must accumulate at least 60 credits in a Part of a Programme in order to be eligible for reassessment in the relevant Part during the University’s Special Assessment Period.
If a student registers to resit a module, they will be required to resit all failed components of that module (ie if their coursework mark was less than 40% they must resit the coursework and if their exam mark was less than 40% they must resit the exam). If a student resits the coursework element of a module and there was more than 1 coursework assignment for that module, then the student would be required to resit all coursework assignments in which they achieved a mark below 40%. Marks for elements of a module not being re-sat will be carried forward.
5.3 Accreditation for Economics and Management
In order to retain exemptions from foundation-level professional courses (under the requirements of the professional bodies) following graduation, candidates must achieve a minimum mark of 40% overall and 35% in each assessed component in core modules as defined by the various professional bodies for accreditation purposes.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 30% : Part C 70% to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Economics and Management (2016-2019 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc/ BSc+DPS/ BSc+DIntS |
Programme title | Economics and Management |
Programme code | ECUB01 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programmes is either six semesters or eight semesters. The option of eight semesters has four streams. Permission to transfer to the 8 semester programme will be at the discretion of the Programme Director (Economics). See Programme Structure for further details of eight semester streams. |
UCAS code | LN12 Economics and Management (3 years) LN1F Economics and Management (4 years sandwich) |
Admissions criteria | BSc - BSc+DPS/DIntS - |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
- To provide students with specialised training in the core aspects of economics and management particularly relevant to industry and commerce.
- To provide students with the opportunity to study a broad curriculum in both economics and in management.
- To provide students with core concepts in management and business.
- To equip students with the relevant tools to understand how firms behave, compete and implement strategies with reference to both their internal and external environment.
- To provide a foundation of knowledge about the workings of the domestic and international economy and to understand the impact of the economic environment on a range of business settings.
- To develop in students the ability to apply the knowledge and skills they have acquired to the solution of theoretical and applied problems in economics.
- To enable data handling skills relating to the analysis of information available and generated by modern business in order for managers to make effective and timely decisions.
- To develop students' communication and interpersonal skills and their ability to work in groups developing practical skills essential for working in a business environment.
- To provide students with the knowledge, skills and understanding required for a career in the economics and management professions.
- To provide students with analytical skills and an ability to develop simplifying frameworks for studying the real world.
- To develop in students the ability to appreciate what would be an appropriate level of abstraction for a range of economic issues.
- To provide students with the knowledge and skill base, from which they can proceed to further studies in economics, related areas or in multi-disciplinary areas that involve economics.
- To stimulate students intellectually through the study of economics and to lead them to appreciate its application to a range of managerial problems and its relevance in a variety of contexts.
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with industry, professional firms and accounting bodies, and through accreditation by the major professional accounting bodies.
- To enhance students’ career and employment prospects on graduating by developing a range of transferable skills embedded in the programme.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- QAA Subject Benchmark Statements: Economics.
- Benchmark Statements for General Business and Management
- Framework for Higher Education Qualifications.
- International links with a network of eleven European Universities within the Erasmus exchange programme.
- University Learning and Teaching Strategy.
- Departmental learning and teaching policies.
- Links, both formal and informal, with external examiners.
- Staff research specialisms and professional involvement in the discipline.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, within the Economics portion of the programme students will learn:
K1. A coherent core of economic principles. The understanding of these might be verbal, graphical or mathematical.
K2. Relevant quantitative methods and computing techniques. These cover mathematical and statistical methods, that may possibly include econometrics. Students will have exposure to the use of such techniques on actual economic, financial or social data at the national and international level. A knowledge and appreciation of economic data, both quantitative and qualitative. Students should also have some knowledge of the appropriate methods that the economist might use to structure and analyse such data.
K3. The applications of economics. Students should have the ability to apply a core of microeconomic and macroeconomic principles and reasoning to a variety of applied topics in both UK and global contexts. They should also be aware of the economic principles that can be used to design, guide and interpret commercial policy. Related to this, they should have the ability to evaluate government economic policy and to assess the performance of the domestic and international economies and the impact on the business environment.
Within the Management portion of the degree students will develop an understanding of:
K4. organisations; their internal structures and their management, including the management of human resources, financial resources and information systems at both the domestic and global level.
K5. the national and international external environment within which organisations operate; the markets for goods, services and finance; customers and the implications for marketing.
K6. analytical frameworks, techniques and processes; business policy and strategy; development of policy and strategy; current issues in strategic management both nationally and internationally.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
C1. Abstract and synthesise information.
C2. Develop problem-solving and decision-making skills using the analytical tools of deduction and induction reasoning.
C3. Critically evaluate and interpret a range of evidence, including data and text.
C4. Framing an economic problem within the merits of contrasting theories, explanations and arguments.
C5. Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios.
C6. Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems.
C7. Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions.
C8. Relate theory to practice in business and management (B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
P1. Construct economic models using verbal, diagrammatic, mathematical, statistical and econometric techniques and reasoning.
P2. Combine and interpret different types of evidence using appropriate techniques.
P3. Use effective communication, both oral and written, in a range of styles and media appropriate for management in different cultures.
P4. Make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software.
P5. Conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M).
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate the key skills of:
T1. Analysis and decision making.
T2. Communication, both written and verbal.
T3. Numeracy and computation.
T4. IT, information handling and retrieval, including library skills.
T5. Independent study and group work.
T6. Time management.
T7. Problem solving.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Structure
4.1.1 Students must have a total modular weighting of 120 credits per year. This must include the compulsory modules. The remaining optional modules may be chosen to give a 60:60 split over the two semesters, or alternatively, 50:70 or 70:50.
4.1.2 The prefixes on module codes represent the credit levels as follows:
A level 4; B level 5; C level 6.
4.1.3 The option of eight semesters has four streams:
- Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
- Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution.
- Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution.
The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
4.2 Content
Modules are classified as either Economics (codes beginning with EC), or Management (codes beginning with BS).
4.2.1 Part A
All the following Part A modules are compulsory.
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECA001 Principles of Macroeconomics | 20 |
ECA002 Principles of Microeconomics | 20 |
ECA003 Data Analysis | 20 |
ECA004 Quantitative Economics | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA505 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA525 Introduction to Accounting | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA008 Skills for Study and Employment | 10 |
BSA506 Management of Human Resources | 10 |
4.2.2 Part B
Compulsory Modules (total modular weight: 90 credits):
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECB501 Fundamental Macroeconomics | 20 |
ECB502 Fundamental Microeconomics | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB560 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB532 Accounting for Managers | 10 |
BSB580 Operations Management | 10 |
BSB590 The Contemporary Business Environment | 10 |
OPTIONAL MODULES - Choose a MAXIMUM of 30 credits from: | |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECB003 Introduction to Econometrics (not if taking BSB110) | 20 |
ECB004 Introduction to Financial Economics (not if taking BSB025) | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
BSB025 Financial Management (not if taking ECB004) | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB572 Management Science Methods | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECB039 Economics of Business Strategy | 20 |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management (not if taking ECB003) | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
BSB562 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
Compulsory and optional modules must be taken such that the total modular weight for the year is 120 credits.
Please note: Optional modules are subject to availability and timetable permitting.
4.2.3 Optional Part I (8 semester programme only)
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake industrial or professional training.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake industrial or professional training for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.2.4 Part C - student must choose 60 credits in Economics (EC) and 60 credits in Management (BS)
Compulsory modules (total modular weight: 30 credits):
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECC142 Research and Communication Skills for Economists | 20 |
BSC575 Leadership and Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECC038 Applied Econometrics | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECC001 Developments in Microeconomics | 20 |
ECC003 International Money and Finance | 20 |
ECC004 Financial Economics and Asset Pricing | 20 |
ECC020 Behavioural Economics | 20 |
ECC031 International Trade | 20 |
ECC101 Developments in Macroeconomics | 20 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC522 Entrepreneurship and Innovation | 10 |
BSC570 Strategic Management | 20 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECC005 Industrial Economics | 20 |
ECC035 Central Banking and Financial Crises | 20 |
ECC119 Development Economics | 20 |
ECC139 Environmental Economics | 20 |
ECC141 Corporate Finance and Derivatives | 20 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC194 Project Management | 10 |
BSC524 Entrepreneurship and Small Business Planning | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
Compulsory and optional modules must be taken such that the total modular weight for the year is 120 credits.
Please note: Optional modules are subject to availability and timetable permitting.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Progression Criteria
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
A Diploma in Professional Studies will be awarded to students who have satisfactorily completed the programme of study required for Part I.
5.2 Reassessment
Candidates must accumulate at least 60 credits in a Part of a Programme in order to be eligible for reassessment in the relevant Part during the University’s Special Assessment Period.
If a student registers to resit a module, they will be required to resit all failed components of that module (ie if their coursework mark was less than 40% they must resit the coursework and if their exam mark was less than 40% they must resit the exam). If a student resits the coursework element of a module and there was more than 1 coursework assignment for that module, then the student would be required to resit all coursework assignments in which they achieved a mark below 40%. Marks for elements of a module not being re-sat will be carried forward.
5.3 Accreditation for Economics and Management
In order to retain exemptions from foundation-level professional courses (under the requirements of the professional bodies) following graduation, candidates must achieve a minimum mark of 40% overall and 35% in each assessed component in core modules as defined by the various professional bodies for accreditation purposes.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 30% : Part C 70% to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Economics and Management (2015 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc/ BSc+DPS/ BSc+DIntS |
Programme title | Economics and Management |
Programme code | ECUB01 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programmes is either six semesters or eight semesters. The option of eight semesters has four streams. Permission to transfer to the 8 semester programme will be at the discretion of the Programme Director (Economics). See Programme Structure for further details of eight semester streams. |
UCAS code | LN12 Economics and Management (3 years) LN1F Economics and Management (4 years sandwich) |
Admissions criteria | BSc - BSc+DPS/DIntS - |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
- To provide students with specialised training in the core aspects of economics and management particularly relevant to industry and commerce.
- To provide students with the opportunity to study a broad curriculum in both economics and in management.
- To provide students with core concepts in management and business.
- To equip students with the relevant tools to understand how firms behave, compete and implement strategies with reference to both their internal and external environment.
- To provide a foundation of knowledge about the workings of the domestic and international economy and to understand the impact of the economic environment on a range of business settings.
- To develop in students the ability to apply the knowledge and skills they have acquired to the solution of theoretical and applied problems in economics.
- To enable data handling skills relating to the analysis on information available and generated by modern business in order for managers to make effective and timely decisions.
- To develop students' communication and interpersonal skills and their ability to work in groups developing practical skills essential for working in a business environment.
- To provide students with the knowledge, skills and understanding required for a career in the economics and management professions.
- To provide students with analytical skills and an ability to develop simplifying frameworks for studying the real world.
- To develop in students the ability to appreciate what would be an appropriate level of abstraction for a range of economic issues.
- To provide students with the knowledge and skill base, from which they can proceed to further studies in economics, related areas or in multi-disciplinary areas that involve economics.
- To stimulate students intellectually through the study of economics and to lead them to appreciate its application to a range of managerial problems and its relevance in a variety of contexts.
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with industry, professional firms and accounting bodies, and through accreditation by the major professional accounting bodies.
- To enhance students’ career and employment prospects on graduating by developing a range of transferable skills embedded in the programme.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- QAA Subject Benchmark Statements: Economics.
- Benchmark Statements for General Business and Management
- Framework for Higher Education Qualifications.
- International links with a network of eleven European Universities within the Erasmus exchange programme.
- University Learning and Teaching Strategy.
- Departmental learning and teaching policies.
- Links, both formal and informal, with external examiners.
- Staff research specialisms and professional involvement in the discipline.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, within the Economics portion of the programme students will learn:
K1. A coherent core of economic principles. The understanding of these might be verbal, graphical or mathematical.
K2. Relevant quantitative methods and computing techniques. These cover mathematical and statistical methods, that may possibly include econometrics. Students will have exposure to the use of such techniques on actual economic, financial or social data. A knowledge and appreciation of economic data, both quantitative and qualitative. Students should also have some knowledge of the appropriate methods that the economist might use to structure and analyse such data.
K3. The applications of economics. Students should have the ability to apply a core of microeconomic and macroeconomic principles and reasoning to a variety of applied topics. They should also be aware of the economic principles that can be used to design, guide and interpret commercial policy. Related to this, they should have the ability to evaluate government economic policy and to assess the performance of the UK and other economies and the impact on the business environment.
Within the Management portion of the degree students will develop an understanding of:
K4. organisations; their internal structures and their management, including the management of human resources, financial resources and information systems.
K5. the external environment within which organisations operate; the markets for goods, services and finance; customers and the implications for marketing.
K6. analytical frameworks, techniques and processes; business policy and strategy; development of policy and strategy; current issues in strategic management.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
C1. Abstract and synthesise information.
C2. Develop problem-solving and decision-making skills using the analytical tools of deduction and induction reasoning.
C3. Critically evaluate and interpret a range of evidence, including data and text.
C4. Framing an economic problem within the merits of contrasting theories, explanations and arguments.
C5. Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios.
C6. Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems.
C7. Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions.
C8. Relate theory to practice in business and management (B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
P1. Construct economic models using verbal, diagrammatic, mathematical, statistical and econometric techniques and reasoning.
P2. Combine and interpret different types of evidence using appropriate techniques.
P3. Use effective communication, both oral and written, in a range of styles and media appropriate for management in different cultures.
P4. Make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software.
P5. Conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M).
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate the key skills of:
T1. Analysis and decision making.
T2. Communication, both written and verbal.
T3. Numeracy and computation.
T4. IT, information handling and retrieval, including library skills.
T5. Independent study and group work.
T6. Time management.
T7. Problem solving.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Structure
4.1.1 Students must have a total modular weighting of 120 credits per year. This must include the compulsory modules. The remaining optional modules may be chosen to give a 60:60 split over the two semesters, or alternatively, 50:70 or 70:50.
4.1.2 The prefixes on module codes represent the credit levels as follows:
A level 4; B level 5; C level 6.
4.1.3 The option of eight semesters has four streams:
- Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
- Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution.
- Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution.
The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C.
4.2 Content
Modules are classified as either Economics (codes beginning with EC), or Management (codes beginning with BS).
4.2.1 Part A
All the following Part A modules are compulsory.
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECA001 Principles of Macroeconomics | 20 |
ECA002 Principles of Microeconomics | 20 |
ECA004 Quantitative Economics | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECA003 Data Analysis I | 10 |
BSA505 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA525 Introduction to Accounting | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA008 Skills for Study and Employment | 10 |
BSA506 Management of Human Resources | 10 |
BSA526 Accounting for Managers | 10 |
4.2.2 Part B
Compulsory Modules (total modular weight: 90 credits):
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECB001 Intermediate Macroeconomics | 20 |
ECB002 Intermediate Microeconomics | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB560 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
BSB580 Operations Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB562 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
BSB590 The Contemporary Business Environment | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECB004 Introduction to Financial Economics (not if taking BSB025) | 20 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECB006 Data Analysis II (not if taking BSB110) | 10 |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management (not if taking ECB004) | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management (not if taking ECB006) | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
Compulsory and optional modules must be taken such that the total modular weight for the year is 120 credits.
Please note: Optional modules are subject to availability and timetable permitting.
4.2.3 Optional Part I (8 semester programme only)
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake industrial or professional training.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake industrial or professional training for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.2.4 Part C - Student must choose 60 credits in Economics (EC) and 60 credits in Management (BS)
Compulsory modules (total modular weight: 40 credits):
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECC142 Research and Communication Skills for Economists | 20 |
BSC575 Leadership and Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
ECONOMICS OPTIONAL MODULES (Choose 40 weight) | |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECC038 Applied Econometrics | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECC001 Developments in Microeconomics | 20 |
ECC003 International Money and Finance | 20 |
ECC004 Financial Economics and Asset Pricing | 20 |
ECC031 International Trade | 20 |
ECC101 Developments in Macroeconomics | 20 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECC005 Industrial Economics | 20 |
ECC035 Central Banking and Financial Crises | 20 |
ECC119 Development Economics | 20 |
ECC139 Environmental Economics | 20 |
ECC141 Corporate Finance and Derivatives | 20 |
BUSINESS OPTIONAL MODULES (Choose 40 weight) | |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC570 Strategic Management | 20 |
BSC522 Entrepreneurship and Innovation | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC524 Entrepreneurship and Small Business Planning | 10 |
Compulsory and optional modules must be taken such that the total modular weight for the year is 120 credits.
Please note: Optional modules are subject to availability and timetable permitting.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Progression Criteria
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
A Diploma in Professional Studies will be awarded to students who have satisfactorily completed the programme of study required for Part I.
5.2 Reassessment
Candidates must accumulate at least 60 credits in a Part of a Programme in order to be eligible for reassessment in the relevant Part during the University’s Special Assessment Period.
If a student registers to resit a module, they will be required to resit all failed components of that module (ie if their coursework mark was less than 40% they must resit the coursework and if their exam mark was less than 40% they must resit the exam). If a student resits the coursework element of a module and there was more than 1 coursework assignment for that module, then the student would be required to resit all coursework assignments in which they achieved a mark below 40%. Marks for elements of a module not being re-sat will be carried forward.
5.3 Accreditation for Economics and Management
In order to retain exemptions from foundation-level professional courses (under the requirements of the professional bodies) following graduation, candidates must achieve a minimum mark of 40% overall and 35% in each assessed component in core modules as defined by the various professional bodies for accreditation purposes.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 30% : Part C 70% to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Business Economics and Finance (2016-2020 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc / BSc+DPS / BSc+DIntS |
Programme title | Business Economics and Finance |
Programme code | ECUB02 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is either six semesters or six semesters plus one academic year if candidates select one of the available part I streams. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. Permission to transfer to the eight semester programme will be at the discretion of the Programme Director (Economics). See Programme Structure for further details of eight semester streams. |
UCAS code | L1NK Business Economics and Finance (3 years) LN14 Business Economics and Finance (4 years sandwich) |
Admissions criteria | BSc - BSc+DPS/DIntS - |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
- To provide specialised training in the aspects of economics particularly relevant to industry, commerce and financial services.
- To provide training in the principles of economics and their application.
- To stimulate students intellectually through the study of economics and to lead them to appreciate its application to a range of problems and its relevance in a variety of contexts.
- To provide a firm foundation of knowledge about the workings of the domestic and international economy and to develop the relevant skills for the constructive use of that knowledge in a range of settings.
- To develop in students the ability to apply the knowledge and skills they have acquired to the solution of theoretical and applied problems in economics.
- To equip students with appropriate tools of analysis to tackle issues and problems of economic policy.
- To develop in students, through the study of economics, a range of transferable skills that will be of value in employment and self-employment.
- To provide students with analytical skills and an ability to develop simplifying frameworks for studying the real world.
- To develop in students the ability to appreciate what would be an appropriate level of abstraction for a range of economic issues.
- To provide students with the knowledge and skill base, from which they can proceed to further studies in economics, related areas or in multi-disciplinary areas that involve economics.
- To generate in students an appreciation of the economic dimension of wider social and political issues at the national and international level.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- QAA Subject Benchmark Statements: Economics.
- Framework for Higher Education Qualifications.
- International links with a network of eleven European Universities within the Erasmus exchange programme.
- University Learning and Teaching Strategy.
- Departmental learning and teaching policies.
- Links, both formal and informal, with external examiners.
- Staff research specialisms and professional involvement in the discipline.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
K1. A coherent core of economic principles. The understanding of these might be verbal, graphical or mathematical.
These principles cover the microeconomic issues of decision and choice, the production and exchange of goods, the interdependency of markets, and economic welfare. They also include macroeconomic issues, such as employment, national income, the balance of payments and the distribution of income, inflation, growth and business cycles, international trade, international money and finance. The understanding should extend to economic policy at both microeconomic and macroeconomic levels both nationally and internationally. In all these, students should show understanding of analytical methods and model-based argument and appreciate the existence of different methodological approaches.
K2. Relevant quantitative methods and computing techniques. These cover mathematical and statistical methods, including econometrics. Students will have exposure to the use of such techniques on actual economic, financial or social data at the national and international level. A knowledge and appreciation of economic data, both quantitative and qualitative. Students should also have some knowledge of the appropriate methods that the economist might use to structure and analyse such data.
K3. The applications of economics. Students should have the ability to apply a core of economic principles and reasoning to a variety of applied topics. They should also be aware of the economic principles that can be used to design, guide and interpret commercial, economic and social policy at the national and international level. As part of this, they should have the ability to discuss and analyse government policy and to assess the performance of the UK and other global economies.
- Specific applications to financial economics. Students should have the ability to analyse financial markets and the industrial organization of firms.
The above implies that the attainments of students should show:
- Ability to apply core economic theory and economic reasoning to applied topics.
- Ability to relate differences in policy recommendations to differences in the theoretical and empirical features of economic analyses which underlie such recommendations.
- Ability to discuss and analyse government policy and to assess the performance of the UK and other global economies.
- Understanding of verbal, graphical, mathematical and econometric representation of economic ideas and analysis, including the relationship between them.
- Understanding of relevant mathematical and statistical techniques.
- Understanding of analytical methods, both theory- and model-based.
- Appreciation of the history and development of economic ideas and the differing methods of analysis that have been and are used by economists.
- Understanding of the appropriate techniques to enable manipulation, treatment and interpretation of the relevant statistical data.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Know and understand the core of economic theory and applied economics, with a particular application to business and finance both nationally and internationally.
- Know and understand the behaviour of agents in financial markets, and the behaviour of firms and consumers in the national and international economy.
- Discuss in an informed manner the major policy directions and regulations to implement economic policy at both the domestic and international level.
- Know and understand the nature of incentives in economic decision making by agents in the domestic and international economy.
- Evaluate the outcomes of market and policy changes in all spheres of the economy, with special emphasis on business and finance.
More specifically students should be able to demonstrate the following rigorous transferable skills:
C1. Abstraction. From the study of economic principles and models, students see how one can abstract the essential features of complex systems and provide a useable framework for evaluation and assessment of the effects of domestic or international policy or other exogenous events. Through this, the typical student will acquire proficiency in how to simplify while still retaining relevance. This is an approach that they can then apply in other contexts, thereby becoming more effective problem-solvers and decision-makers.
C2. Analysis, deduction and induction. Economic reasoning is highly deductive, and logical analysis is applied to assumption-based models. However, inductive reasoning is also important. The typical student will have been exposed to some or all of these and be able to use some of them. Such skills also enhance their problem-solving and decision-making ability.
C3. Quantification and design. Data, and their effective organization, presentation and analysis, are important in economics. The typical student will have some familiarity with the principal sources of economic information and data relevant to industry, commerce and government, and have had practice in organising it and presenting it informatively. This skill is important at all stages in the decision-making process.
C4. Framing. Through the study of economics, a student should learn how to decide what should be taken as given or fixed for the purposes of setting up and solving a problem, i.e. what the important 'parameters' are in constraining the solution to the problem. Learning to think about how and why these parameters might change encourages a student to place the economic problem in its broader social and political context. This `framing' skill is important in determining the decision-maker's ability to implement the solutions to problems.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
P1. Construct economic models using verbal, diagrammatic, mathematical, statistical and econometric techniques and reasoning.
P2. Access, search for and evaluate relevant data sources for validation of economic models
P3. Apply and use specialised software including spreadsheets for the analysis of economic models.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate the key skills of:
T1. Analysis and decision making.
T2. Communication.
T3. Numeracy and computation.
T4. IT, information handling and retrieval, including library skills.
T5. Independent study and group work.
T6. Time management.
T7. Problem solving.
4. Programme structure
Students must have a total modular weighting of 120 credits per year. This must include the compulsory modules. The remaining optional modules may be chosen to give a 60:60 split over the two semesters, or alternatively, 50:70 or 70:50.
The prefixes on module codes represent the credit levels as follows:
A level 4; B level 5; C level 6.
Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream are required to spend the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution leading to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. This leads to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECA001 Principles of Macroeconomics | 20 |
ECA002 Principles of Microeconomics | 20 |
ECA003 Data Analysis | 20 |
ECA004 Quantitative Economics | 20 |
BSA008 Skills for Study and Employment (Semester 2) | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
BSA505 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA525 Introduction to Accounting | 10 |
GYA004 Geographies of Global Economic Change | 10 |
SSA001 Identities and Inequalities | 10 |
SSA201 Introduction to Criminology and Social Policy A | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
BSA026 Principles of Law | 10 |
BSA506 Management of Human Resources | 10 |
PIA805 British Politics and Government | 10 |
GYA104 Geographies of Identity | 10 |
SSA002 Global, Social and Cultural Change | 10 |
SSA202 Introduction to Criminology and Social Policy B | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
Compulsory and optional modules must be taken such that the total modular weight for the year is 120 credits divided equally over each Semester, or split 70:50 or 50:70 over the two Semesters. Please note: Optional modules are subject to availability and timetable permitting. |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTERS 1 AND 2 COMPULSORY MODULES: | |
ECB501 Fundamental Macroeconomics | 20 |
ECB502 Fundamental Microeconomics | 20 |
ECB003 Introduction to Econometrics | 20 |
ECB004 Introduction to Financial Economics | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 AND 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECB005 International Economics Relations | 20 |
ECB015 Economics of the Financial System | 20 |
ECB016 History of Economic Thought | 20 |
ECB030 Energy and the Environment (suspended 2020) | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECB136 Transport Economics | 20 |
BSB572 Management Science Methods | 10 |
BSB560 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
PIB601 The European Union | 20 |
GYB211 Globalization A | 10 |
GYB224 Geographies of Social Difference A | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECB035 The Economics of Social Issues | 20 |
ECB039 Economics of Business Strategy | 20 |
BSB015 Company Law | 10 |
BSB532 Accounting for Managers | 10 |
BSB562 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
BSB580 Operations Management | 10 |
BSB590 The Contemporary Business Environment | 10 |
PIB632 Politics of Developing Countries | 20 |
GYB212 Globalization B | 10 |
GYB222 Geographies of Social Difference B | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
Compulsory and optional modules must be taken such that the total modular weight for the year is 120 credits divided equally over each Semester, or split 70:50 or 50:70 over the two Semesters. Please note: Optional modules are subject to availability and timetable permitting. |
4.3 Part I : Optional (8 semester programme only)
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
The duration of the programme is either six semesters or six semesters plus one academic year if candidates select one of the following three streams:
Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream are required to spend the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution leading to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. This leads to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. Permission to transfer to the eight semester programme will be at the discretion of the Associate Dean (Teaching) for the School.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECC005 Industrial Economics | 20 |
ECC142 Research and Communication Skills for Economists | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 AND 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
OPTIONAL MODULES - Group 1** | |
ECC004 Financial Economics and Asset Pricing (Semester 1) | 20 |
ECC141 Corporate Finance and Derivatives (Semester 2) | 20 |
OPTIONAL MODULES - Group 2 | |
ECC038 Applied Econometrics (Semesters 1 and 2) | 20 |
ECC001 Development in Microeconomics (Semester 1) | 20 |
ECC003 International Money and Finance (Semester 1) | 20 |
ECC020 Behavioural Economics (Semester 1) | 20 |
ECC031 International Trade (Semester 1) | 20 |
ECC101 Developments in Macroeconomics (Semester 1) | 20 |
University-wide Language Programme (Semester 1) | 10 |
ECC035 Central Banking and Financial Crises (Semester 2) | 20 |
ECC119 Development Economics (Semester 2) | 20 |
ECC139 Environment Economics (Semester 2) | 20 |
University-wide Language Programme (Semester 2) | 10 |
**At least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1** Compulsory and optional modules must be taken such that the total modular weight for the year is 120 credits divided equally over each Semester. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for Progression
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
A Diploma in Professional Studies will be awarded to students who have satisfactorily completed the programme of study required for Part I.
5.2 Reassessment
Candidates must accumulate at least 60 credits in a Part of a Programme in order to be eligible for reassessment in the relevant Part during the University’s Special Assessment Period.
If a student registers to resit a module, they will be required to resit all failed components of that module (ie if their coursework mark was less than 40% they must resit the coursework and if their exam mark was less than 40% they must resit the exam). If a student resits the coursework element of a module and there was more than 1 coursework assignment for that module, then the student would be required to resit all coursework assignments in which they achieved a mark below 40%. Marks for elements of a module not being re-sat will be carried forward.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX of the University Regulations. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 30% : Part C 70% to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) International Economics (2016, 2017, 2018 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc (Hons) / BSc+DPS / BSc+DInts |
Programme title | International Economics |
Programme code | ECUB03 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is either six semesters or six semesters plus one academic year if candidates select one of the available part I streams. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. Permission to transfer to the eight semester programme will be at the discretion of the Programme Director (Economics). See Programme Structure for further details of eight semester streams. |
UCAS code | L115 International Economics (3 years) L110 International Economics (4 years sandwich) |
Admissions criteria | http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/internationaleconomics/ |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Know and understand the core of economic theory and applied economics, with a particular application to the international setting.
- Know and understand the behaviour of agents firms and consumers in the national and international economy
- Discuss in an informed manner the major policy directions and regulations for the implementation of economic policy at both the domestic and economic levels.
- Know and understand the nature of incentives in economic decision-making by agents in the domestic and international economy
- Evaluate the outcomes of market and policy changes in all spheres of the economy, with special emphasis on international economics.
- To provide specialised training in the aspects of economics relevant to the international economy including trade, finance and development.
- To provide training in the principles of economics and their application.
- To stimulate students intellectually through the study of economics and to lead them to appreciate its application to a range of problems and its relevance in a variety of contexts.
- To provide a firm foundation of knowledge about the workings of the domestic and international economy and to develop the relevant skills for the constructive use of that knowledge in a range of settings.
- To develop in students the ability to apply the knowledge and skills they have acquired to the solution of theoretical and applied problems in economics.
- To equip students with appropriate tools of analysis to tackle issues and problems of economic policy.
- To develop in students, through the study of economics, a range of transferable skills that will be of value in employment and self-employment.
- To provide students with analytical skills and an ability to develop simplifying frameworks for studying the real world.
- To develop in students the ability to appreciate what would be an appropriate level of abstraction for a range of economic issues.
- To provide students with the knowledge and skill base, from which they can proceed to further studies in economics, related areas or in multi-disciplinary areas that involve economics.
- To generate in students an appreciation of the economic dimension of wider social and political issues at the national and international level.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- QAA Subject Benchmark Statements: Economics.
- Framework for Higher Education Qualifications.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
K1. A coherent core of economic principles. The understanding of these might be verbal, graphical or mathematical.
These principles cover the microeconomic issues of decision and choice, the production and exchange of goods, the interdependency of markets, and economic welfare. They also include macroeconomic issues, such as employment, national income, the balance of payments and the distribution of income, inflation, growth and business cycles, international trade, international money and finance. The understanding should extend to economic policy at both microeconomic and macroeconomic levels. In all these, students should show understanding of analytical methods and model-based argument and appreciate the existence of different methodological approaches.
K2. Relevant quantitative methods and computing techniques. These cover mathematical and statistical methods, including econometrics. Students will have exposure to the use of such techniques on actual economic, financial or social data at the national and international level. A knowledge and appreciation of economic data, both quantitative and qualitative. Students should also have some knowledge of the appropriate methods that the economist might use to structure and analyse such data.
K3. The applications of economics. Students should have the ability to apply a core of economic principles and reasoning to a variety of applied topics. They should also be aware of the economic principles that can be used to design, guide and interpret commercial, economic and social policy at the national and international level. As part of this, they should have the ability to discuss and analyse government policy and to assess the performance of the UK and other economies.
The above implies that the attainments of students should show:
- Ability to apply core economic theory and economic reasoning to applied topics.
- Ability to relate differences in policy recommendations to differences in the theoretical and empirical features of economic analyses which underlie such recommendations.
- Ability to discuss and analyse government policy and to assess the performance of the UK and other economies.
- Understanding of verbal, graphical, mathematical and econometric representation of economic ideas and analysis, including the relationship between them.
- Understanding of relevant mathematical and statistical techniques.
- Understanding of analytical methods, both theory- and model-based.
- Appreciation of the history and development of economic ideas and the differing methods of analysis that have been and are used by economists.
- Understanding of the appropriate techniques to enable manipulation, treatment and interpretation of the relevant statistical data.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
C1. Abstraction. From the study of economic principles and models, students see how one can abstract the essential features of complex systems and provide a useable framework for evaluation and assessment of the effects of policy or other exogenous events. Through this, the typical student will acquire proficiency in how to simplify while still retaining relevance. This is an approach that they can then apply in other contexts, thereby becoming more effective problem-solvers and decision-makers.
C2. Analysis, deduction and induction. Economic reasoning is highly deductive, and logical analysis is applied to assumption-based models. However, inductive reasoning is also important. The typical student will have been exposed to some or all of these and be able to use some of them. Such skills also enhance their problem-solving and decision-making ability.
C3. Quantification and design. Data, and their effective organization, presentation and analysis, are important in economics. The typical student will have some familiarity with the principal sources of economic information and data relevant to industry, commerce and government, and have had practice in organising it and presenting it informatively. This skill is important at all stages in the decision-making process.
C4. Framing. Through the study of economics, a student should learn how to decide what should be taken as given or fixed for the purposes of setting up and solving a problem, i.e. what the important 'parameters' are in constraining the solution to the problem. Learning to think about how and why these parameters might change encourages a student to place the economic problem in its broader social and political context. This `framing' skill is important in determining the decision-maker's ability to implement the solutions to problems.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
P1. Construct economic models using verbal, diagrammatic, mathematical, statistical and econometric techniques and reasoning.
P2. Access, search for and evaluate relevant data sources for validation of economic models.
P3. Apply and use specialised software including spreadsheets for the analysis of economic models.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate the key skills of:
T1. Analysis and decision making.
T2. Communication.
T3. Numeracy and computation.
T4. IT, information handling and retrieval, including library skills.
T5. Independent study and group work.
T6. Time management.
T7. Problem solving.
4. Programme structure
Students must have a total modular weighting of 120 credits per year. This must include the compulsory modules. The remaining optional modules may be chosen to give a 60:60 split over the two semesters, or alternatively, 50:70 or 70:50.
The prefixes on module codes represent the credit levels as follows:
A level 4; B level 5; C level 6.
Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream are required to spend the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution leading to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. This leads to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECA001 Principles of Macroeconomics | 20 |
ECA002 Principles of Microeconomics | 20 |
ECA003 Data Analysis I (Semester 1) | 10 |
ECA004 Quantitative Economics | 20 |
ECA005 Data Analysis II (Semester 2) | 10 |
BSA008 Skills for Study and Employment (Semester 2) | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
BSA505 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA525 Introduction to Accounting | 10 |
EUA620 Contemporary World Arena | 10 |
GYA002 Geographies of Global Economic Change | 20 |
SSA001 Identities and Inequalities | 10 |
SSA201 Introduction to Criminology and Social Policy A | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme (see additional form) | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
BSA026 Principles of Law | 10 |
BSA506 Management of Human Resources | 10 |
EUA607 Understanding Democratic Institutions | 10 |
GYA104 Geographies of Identity | 10 |
SSA002 Global, Social and Cultural Changes | 10 |
SSA202 Introduction to Criminology and Social Policy B | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme (see additional form) | 10 |
Compulsory and optional modules must be taken such that the total modular weight for the year is 120 credits divided equally over each Semester, or split 70:50 or 50:70 over the two Semesters. Please note: Optional modules are subject to availability and timetable permitting. |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECB501 Fundamental Macroeconomics | 20 |
ECB502 Fundamental Microeconomics | 20 |
ECB003 Introduction to Econometrics | 20 |
ECB005 International Economic Relations | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECB004 Introduction to Financial Economics | 20 |
ECB015 Economics of the Financial System | 20 |
ECB016 History of Economic Thought | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECB136 Transport Economics | 20 |
EUB601 The European Union | 20 |
GYB211 Globalization A | 10 |
GYB224 Geographies of Social Difference A | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECB035 The Economics of Social Issues | 20 |
ECB039 Economics of Business Strategy | 20 |
EUB632 Politics of Developing Countries | 20 |
GYB212 Globalization B | 10 |
GYB222 Geographies of Social Difference B | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
Compulsory and optional modules must be taken such that the total modular weight for the year is 120 credits divided equally over each Semester, or split 70:50 or 50:70 over the two Semesters. Please note: Optional modules are subject to availability and timetable permitting. |
4.3 Part I : Optional (8 semester programme only)
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
The duration of the programme is either six semesters or six semesters plus one academic year if candidates select one of the following three streams:
Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream are required to spend the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution leading to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. This leads to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. Permission to transfer to the eight semester programme will be at the discretion of the Associate Dean (Teaching) for the School.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECC003 International Money and Finance | 20 |
ECC031 International Trade | 20 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULE | |
ECC142 Research and Communication Skills for Economists | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECC038 Applied Econometrics | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECC001 Developments in Microeconomics | 20 |
ECC004 Financial Economics and Asset Pricing | 20 |
ECC020 Behavioural Economics | 20 |
ECC101 Developments in Macroeconomics | 20 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECC005 Industrial Economics | 20 |
ECC035 Central Banking and Economic Crises | 20 |
ECC119 Development Economics | 20 |
ECC139 Environmental Economics | 20 |
ECC141 Corporate Finance and Derivatives | 20 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
Please note: Optional modules are subject to availability and timetable permitting. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Progression Criteria
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
A Diploma in Professional Studies will be awarded to students who have satisfactorily completed the programme of study required for Part I.
5.2 Reassessment
Candidates must accumulate at least 60 credits in a Part of a Programme in order to be eligible for reassessment in the relevant Part during the University’s Special Assessment Period.
If a student registers to resit a module, they will be required to resit all failed components of that module (ie if their coursework mark was less than 40% they must resit the coursework and if their exam mark was less than 40% they must resit the exam). If a student resits the coursework element of a module and there was more than 1 coursework assignment for that module, then the student would be required to resit all coursework assignments in which they achieved a mark below 40%. Marks for elements of a module not being re-sat will be carried forward.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX of the University Regulations. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 30% : Part C 70% to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Economics (2016-2020 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc / BSc+DPS / BSc+DIntS |
Programme title | Economics |
Programme code | ECUB04 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is either six semesters or six semesters plus one academic year if candidates select one of the available part I streams. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. Permission to transfer to the eight semester programme will be at the discretion of the Programme Director (Economics). See Programme Structure for further details of eight semester streams. |
UCAS code | L100 Economics (3 years) L10A Economics (4 years sandwich) |
Admissions criteria | BSc - BSc+DPS/DIntS - |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Know and understand the core of economic theory and applied economics.
- Know and understand the behaviour of firms and consumers in the national and international economy.
- Discuss in an informed manner the major policy directions and regulations for the implementation of economic policy at both the domestic and international levels.
- Know and understand the nature of incentives in economic decision making by agents in the domestic and international economy.
- Evaluate the outcomes of market and policy changes in all spheres of the economy.
- To provide specialised training in the aspects of economics relevant to the international economy including trade, finance and development.
- To provide training in the principles of economics and their application.
- To stimulate students intellectually through the study of economics and to lead them to appreciate its application to a range of problems and its relevance in a variety of contexts.
- To provide a firm foundation of knowledge about the workings of the domestic and international economy and to develop the relevant skills for the constructive use of that knowledge in a range of settings.
- To develop in students the ability to apply the knowledge and skills they have acquired to the solution of theoretical and applied problems in economics.
- To equip students with appropriate tools of analysis to tackle issues and problems of economic policy.
- To develop in students, through the study of economics, a range of transferable skills that will be of value in employment and self-employment.
- To provide students with analytical skills and an ability to develop simplifying frameworks for studying the real world.
- To develop in students the ability to appreciate what would be an appropriate level of abstraction for a range of economic issues.
- To provide students with the knowledge and skill base, from which they can proceed to further studies in economics, related areas or in multi-disciplinary areas that involve economics.
- To generate in students an appreciation of the economic dimension of wider social and political issues at the national and international level.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- QAA Subject Benchmark Statements: Economics.
- Framework for Higher Education Qualifications.
- International links with a network of eleven European Universities within the Erasmus exchange programme.
- University Learning and Teaching Strategy.
- Departmental learning and teaching policies.
- Links, both formal and informal, with external examiners.
- Staff research specialisms and professional involvement in the discipline.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
K1. A coherent core of economic principles. The understanding of these might be verbal, graphical or mathematical.
These principles will cover the microeconomic issues of decision and choice, the production and exchange of goods, the interdependency of markets, and economic welfare. They also include macroeconomic issues, such as employment, national income, the balance of payments and the distribution of income, inflation, growth and business cycles, international trade, international money and finance. The understanding should extend to economic policy at both the microeconomic and macroeconomic levels both nationally and internationally. In all these, students should show an understanding of analytical methods and model-based argument and should appreciate the existence of different methodological approaches.
K2. Relevant quantitative methods and computing techniques. These are likely to cover mathematical and statistical methods, including econometrics. Students will have exposure to the use of such techniques on actual economic, financial or social data at the national and international level. A knowledge and appreciation of economic data, both quantitative and qualitative. Students should also have some knowledge of the appropriate methods that the economist might use to structure and analyse such data.
K3. The applications of economics. Students should have the ability to apply a core of economic principles and reasoning to a variety of applied topics. They should also be aware of the economic principles that can be used to design, guide and interpret commercial, economic and social policy at the national and international level. As part of this, they should have the ability to discuss and analyse government policy and to assess the performance of the UK and other global economies.
Specific applications to financial economics. Students should have the ability to analyse financial markets and the industrial organization of firms.
The above implies that the attainments of students should be:
- Ability to apply core economic theory and economic reasoning to applied topics.
- Ability to relate differences in economic policy recommendations to differences in the theoretical and empirical features of the economic analysis, that underlies such recommendations.
- Ability to discuss and analyse government policy and to assess the performance of the UK and other global economies.
- Understanding of verbal, graphical, mathematical and econometric representation of economic ideas and analysis, including the relationships between them.
- Understanding of relevant mathematical and statistical techniques.
- Understanding of analytical methods, both theory- and model-based.
- Appreciation of the history and development of economic ideas and the differing methods of analysis that have been and are used by economists.
- Understanding of the appropriate techniques to enable manipulation, treatment and interpretation of relevant statistical data.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
C1. Abstraction. From the study of economic principles and models, students see how one can abstract the essential features of complex systems and provide a useable framework for evaluation and assessment of the effects of policy or other exogenous events. Through this, the typical student will acquire proficiency in how to simplify while still retaining relevance. This is an approach that they can then apply in other contexts, thereby becoming more effective problem-solvers and decision-makers.
C2. Analysis, deduction and induction. Economic reasoning is highly deductive, and logical analysis is applied to assumption-based models. However, inductive reasoning is also important. The typical student will have been exposed to some or all of these and be able to use some of them. Such skills also enhance their problem-solving and decision-making ability.
C3. Quantification and design. Data, and their effective organization, presentation and analysis, are important in economics. The typical student will have some familiarity with the principal sources of economic information and data relevant to industry, commerce and government both at the national and international level, and have had practice in organising it and presenting it informatively. This skill is important at all stages in the decision-making process.
C4. Framing. Through the study of economics, a student should learn how to decide what should be taken as given or fixed for the purposes of setting up and solving a problem, i.e. what the important 'parameters' are in constraining the solution to the problem. Learning to think about how and why these parameters might change encourages a student to place the economic problem in its broader social and political context. This `framing' skill is important in determining the decision-maker's ability to implement the solutions to problems.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
P1. Construct economic models using verbal, diagrammatic, mathematical, statistical and econometric techniques and reasoning.
P2. Access, search for and evaluate relevant data sources for validation of economic models
P3. Apply and use specialised software including spreadsheets for the analysis of economic models.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate the key skills of,
T1. Analysis and decision making.
T2. Communication, both written and verbal.
T3. Numeracy and computation.
T4. IT, information handling and retrieval, including library skills.
T5. Independent study and group work.
T6. Time management.
T7. Problem solving.
4. Programme structure
Students must have a total modular weighting of 120 credits per year. This must include the compulsory modules. The remaining optional modules may be chosen to give a 60:60 split over the two semesters, or alternatively, 50:70 or 70:50.
The prefixes on module codes represent the credit levels as follows:
A level 4; B level 5; C level 6.
Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream are required to spend the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution leading to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. This leads to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
4.1 Part A - Economics Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECA001 Principles of Macroeconomics | 20 |
ECA002 Principles of Microeconomics | 20 |
ECA003 Data Analysis | 20 |
ECA004 Quantitative Economics | 20 |
BSA008 Skills for Study and Employment (Semester 2) | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
BSA505 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA525 Introduction to Accounting | 10 |
GYA004 Geographies of Global Economic Change | 10 |
SSA001 Identities and Inequalities | 10 |
SSA201 Introduction to Criminology and Social Policy A | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
BSA026 Principles of Law | 10 |
BSA506 Management of Human Resources | 10 |
PIA805 British Politics and Government | 10 |
GYA104 Geographies of Identity | 10 |
SSA002 Global, Social and Cultural Change | 10 |
SSA202 Introduction to Criminology and Social Policy B | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
Compulsory and optional modules must be taken such that the total modular weight for the year is 120 credits divided equally over each Semester, or split 70:50 or 50:70 over the two Semesters. Please note: Optional modules are subject to availability and timetable permitting. |
2.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECB001 Intermediate Macroeconomics | 20 |
ECB002 Intermediate Microeconomics | 20 |
ECB003 Introduction to Econometrics | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECB004 Introduction to Financial Economics | 20 |
ECB005 International Economic Relations | 20 |
ECB015 Economics of the Financial System | 20 |
ECB016 History of Economic Thought | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
BSB572 Management Science Methods | 10 |
BSB560 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
ECB136 Transport Economics | 20 |
PIB601 The European Union | 20 |
GYB211 Globalization A | 10 |
GYB224 Geographies of Social Difference A | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
BSB015 Company Law | 10 |
BSB532 Accounting for Managers | 10 |
BSB562 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
BSB580 Operations Management | 10 |
BSB590 The Contemporary Business Environment | 10 |
ECB035 The Economics of Social Issues | 20 |
ECB039 Economics of Business Strategy | 20 |
PIB632 Politics of Developing Countries | 20 |
GYB212 Globalization B | 10 |
GYB222 Geographies of Social Difference B | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
Option Choices: Students must select at least 20 credits from EC modules. Compulsory and optional modules must be taken such that the total modular weight for the year is 120 credits divided equally over each Semester, or split 70:50 or 50:70 over the two Semesters. |
4.3 Part I : Optional (8 semester programme only)
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
The duration of the programme is either six semesters or six semesters plus one academic year if candidates select one of the following three streams:
Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream are required to spend the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution leading to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. This leads to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. Permission to transfer to the eight semester programme will be at the discretion of the Associate Dean (Teaching) for the School.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULE | |
ECC142 Research and Communication Skills for Economists | 20 |
OPTIONAL MODULES - Group 1** | |
ECC001 Developments in Microeconomics (Semester 1) | 20 |
ECC038 Applied Econometrics (Semester 1 and 2) | 20 |
ECC101 Developments in Macroeconomics (Semester 1) | 20 |
OPTIONAL MODULES - Group 2 | |
ECC003 International Money and Finance (Semester 1) | 20 |
ECC004 Financial Economics and Asset Pricing (Semester 1) | 20 |
ECC005 Industrial Economics (Semester 2) | 20 |
ECC020 Behaviour Economics (Semester 1) | 20 |
ECC031 International Trade (Semester 1) | 20 |
ECC035 Central Banking and Financial Crises (Semester 2) | 20 |
ECC119 Development Economics (Semester 2) | 20 |
ECC139 Environmental Economics (Semester 2) | 20 |
ECC141 Corporate Finance and Derivatives (Semester 2) | 20 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme | 10 |
**Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 AT LEAST 40 credits must be chosen from Group 1** Please note: Optional modules are subject to availability and timetable permitting. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for Progression
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
A Diploma in Professional Studies will be awarded to students who have satisfactorily completed the programme of study required for Part I.
5.2 Reassessment
Candidates must accumulate at least 60 credits in a Part of a Programme in order to be eligible for reassessment in the relevant Part during the University’s Special Assessment Period.
If a student registers to resit a module, they will be required to resit all failed components of that module (ie if their coursework mark was less than 40% they must resit the coursework and if their exam mark was less than 40% they must resit the exam). If a student resits the coursework element of a module and there was more than 1 coursework assignment for that module, then the student would be required to resit all coursework assignments in which they achieved a mark below 40%. Marks for elements of a module not being re-sat will be carried forward.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX of the University Regulations. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 30% : Part C 70% to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Economics (2015 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc / BSc+DPS / BSc+DIntS |
Programme title | Economics |
Programme code | ECUB04 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is either six semesters or six semesters plus one academic year if candidates select one of the available part I streams. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. Permission to transfer to the eight semester programme will be at the discretion of the Programme Director (Economics). See Programme Structure for further details of eight semester streams. |
UCAS code | L100 Economics (3 years) L10A Economics (4 years sandwich) |
Admissions criteria | BSc - BSc+DPS/DIntS - |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Know and understand the core of economic theory and applied economics.
- Know and understand the behaviour of firms and consumers in the national and international economy.
- Discuss in an informed manner the major policy directions and regulations for the implementation of economic policy.
- Know and understand the nature of incentives in economic decision making by agents in the economy.
- Evaluate the outcomes of market and policy changes in all spheres of the economy.
- To provide specialised training in the aspects of economics relevant to the international economy including trade, finance and development.
- To provide training in the principles of economics and their application.
- To stimulate students intellectually through the study of economics and to lead them to appreciate its application to a range of problems and its relevance in a variety of contexts.
- To provide a firm foundation of knowledge about the workings of the economy and to develop the relevant skills for the constructive use of that knowledge in a range of settings.
- To develop in students the ability to apply the knowledge and skills they have acquired to the solution of theoretical and applied problems in economics.
- To equip students with appropriate tools of analysis to tackle issues and problems of economic policy.
- To develop in students, through the study of economics, a range of transferable skills that will be of value in employment and self-employment.
- To provide students with analytical skills and an ability to develop simplifying frameworks for studying the real world.
- To develop in students the ability to appreciate what would be an appropriate level of abstraction for a range of economic issues.
- To provide students with the knowledge and skill base, from which they can proceed to further studies in economics, related areas or in multi-disciplinary areas that involve economics.
- To generate in students an appreciation of the economic dimension of wider social and political issues.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- QAA Subject Benchmark Statements: Economics.
- Framework for Higher Education Qualifications.
- International links with a network of eleven European Universities within the Erasmus exchange programme.
- University Learning and Teaching Strategy.
- Departmental learning and teaching policies.
- Links, both formal and informal, with external examiners.
- Staff research specialisms and professional involvement in the discipline.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
K1. A coherent core of economic principles. The understanding of these might be verbal, graphical or mathematical.
These principles will cover the microeconomic issues of decision and choice, the production and exchange of goods, the interdependency of markets, and economic welfare. They also include macroeconomic issues, such as employment, national income, the balance of payments and the distribution of income, inflation, growth and business cycles, money and finance. The understanding should extend to economic policy at both the microeconomic and macroeconomic levels. In all these, students should show an understanding of analytical methods and model-based argument and should appreciate the existence of different methodological approaches.
K2. Relevant quantitative methods and computing techniques. These are likely to cover mathematical and statistical methods, including econometrics. Students will have exposure to the use of such techniques on actual economic, financial or social data. A knowledge and appreciation of economic data, both quantitative and qualitative. Students should also have some knowledge of the appropriate methods that the economist might use to structure and analyse such data.
K3. The applications of economics. Students should have the ability to apply a core of economic principles and reasoning to a variety of applied topics. They should also be aware of the economic principles that can be used to design, guide and interpret commercial, economic and social policy. As part of this, they should have the ability to discuss and analyse government policy and to assess the performance of the UK and other economies.
Specific applications to financial economics. Students should have the ability to analyse financial markets and the industrial organization of firms.
The above implies that the attainments of students should be:
- Ability to apply core economic theory and economic reasoning to applied topics.
- Ability to relate differences in economic policy recommendations to differences in the theoretical and empirical features of the economic analysis, that underlies such recommendations.
- Ability to discuss and analyse government policy and to assess the performance of the UK and other economies.
- Understanding of verbal, graphical, mathematical and econometric representation of economic ideas and analysis, including the relationships between them.
- Understanding of relevant mathematical and statistical techniques.
- Understanding of analytical methods, both theory- and model-based.
- Appreciation of the history and development of economic ideas and the differing methods of analysis that have been and are used by economists.
- Understanding of the appropriate techniques to enable manipulation, treatment and interpretation of relevant statistical data.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
C1. Abstraction. From the study of economic principles and models, students see how one can abstract the essential features of complex systems and provide a useable framework for evaluation and assessment of the effects of policy or other exogenous events. Through this, the typical student will acquire proficiency in how to simplify while still retaining relevance. This is an approach that they can then apply in other contexts, thereby becoming more effective problem-solvers and decision-makers.
C2. Analysis, deduction and induction. Economic reasoning is highly deductive, and logical analysis is applied to assumption-based models. However, inductive reasoning is also important. The typical student will have been exposed to some or all of these and be able to use some of them. Such skills also enhance their problem-solving and decision-making ability.
C3. Quantification and design. Data, and their effective organization, presentation and analysis, are important in economics. The typical student will have some familiarity with the principal sources of economic information and data relevant to industry, commerce and government, and have had practice in organising it and presenting it informatively. This skill is important at all stages in the decision-making process.
C4. Framing. Through the study of economics, a student should learn how to decide what should be taken as given or fixed for the purposes of setting up and solving a problem, i.e. what the important 'parameters' are in constraining the solution to the problem. Learning to think about how and why these parameters might change encourages a student to place the economic problem in its broader social and political context. This `framing' skill is important in determining the decision-maker's ability to implement the solutions to problems.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
P1. Construct economic models using verbal, diagrammatic, mathematical, statistical and econometric techniques and reasoning.
P2. Access, search for and evaluate relevant data sources for validation of economic models
P3. Apply and use specialised software including spreadsheets for the analysis of economic models.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate the key skills of,
T1. Analysis and decision making.
T2. Communication, both written and verbal.
T3. Numeracy and computation.
T4. IT, information handling and retrieval, including library skills.
T5. Independent study and group work.
T6. Time management.
T7. Problem solving.
4. Programme structure
Students must have a total modular weighting of 120 credits per year. This must include the compulsory modules. The remaining optional modules may be chosen to give a 60:60 split over the two semesters, or alternatively, 50:70 or 70:50.
The prefixes on module codes represent the credit levels as follows:
A level 4; B level 5; C level 6.
Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream are required to spend the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution leading to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. This leads to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
4.1 Part A - Economics Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECA001 Principles of Macroeconomics | 20 |
ECA002 Principles of Microeconomics | 20 |
ECA003 Data Analysis I (Semester 1) | 10 |
ECA004 Quantitative Economics | 20 |
ECA005 Data Analysis II (Semester 2) | 10 |
BSA008 Skills for Study and Employment (Semester 2) | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO) | |
BSA505 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA525 Introduction to Accounting | 10 |
EUA607 Introduction to Democratic Government | 10 |
GYA004 Geographies of Global Economic Change | 10 |
SSA001 Introduction to Sociology A | 10 |
SSA201 Introduction to Criminology and Social Policy A | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme (see additional form) | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO) | |
BSA026 Principles of Law | 10 |
BSA506 Management of Human Resources | 10 |
BSA526 Accounting for Managers | 10 |
GYA104 Geographies of Identity | 10 |
SSA002 Introduction to Sociology B | 10 |
SSA202 Introduction to Criminology and Social Policy B | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme (see additional form) | 10 |
Compulsory and optional modules must be taken such that the total modular weight for the year is 120 credits divided equally over each Semester, or split 70:50 or 50:70 over the two Semesters. Please note: Optional modules are subject to availability and timetable permitting. |
2.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECB001 Intermediate Macroeconomics | 20 |
ECB002 Intermediate Microeconomics | 20 |
ECB003 Introduction to Econometrics | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECB004 Introduction to Financial Economics | 20 |
ECB005 International Economic Relations | 20 |
ECB015 Economics of the Financial System | 20 |
ECB016 History of Economic Thought | 20 |
ECB030 Energy and the Environment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
BSB560 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
BSB580 Operations Management | 10 |
ECB136 Transport Economics | 20 |
University-Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
BSB562 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
ECB035 The Economics of Social Issues | 20 |
University-Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
Compulsory and optional modules must be taken such that the total modular weight for the year is 120 credits divided equally over each Semester, or split 70:50 or 50:70 over the two Semesters. Please note: Optional modules are subject to availability and timetable permitting. |
4.3 Part I : Optional (8 semester programme only)
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
The duration of the programme is either six semesters or six semesters plus one academic year if candidates select one of the following three streams:
Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream are required to spend the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution leading to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. This leads to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. Permission to transfer to the eight semester programme will be at the discretion of the Associate Dean (Teaching) for the School.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULE | |
ECC142 Research and Communication Skills for Economists | 20 |
COMPULSORY MODULES - You must choose at least two from the three listed: | |
ECC001 Developments in Microeconomics (Semester 2) | 20 |
ECC038 Applied Econometrics (Semesters 1 and 2) | 20 |
ECC101 Developments in Macroeconomics (Semester 1) | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECC003 International Money and Finance | 20 |
ECC004 Financial Economics and Asset Pricing | 20 |
ECC031 International Trade | 20 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECC005 Industrial Economics | 20 |
ECC035 Central Banking and Financial Crises | 20 |
ECC119 Development Economics | 20 |
ECC139 Environmental Economics | 20 |
ECC141 Corporate Finance and Derivatives | 20 |
Compulsory and optional modules must be taken such that the total modular weight for the year is 120 credits divided equally over each Semester. Please note: Optional modules are subject to availability and timetable permitting. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for Progression
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
A Diploma in Professional Studies will be awarded to students who have satisfactorily completed the programme of study required for Part I.
5.2 Reassessment
Candidates must accumulate at least 60 credits in a Part of a Programme in order to be eligible for reassessment in the relevant Part during the University’s Special Assessment Period.
If a student registers to resit a module, they will be required to resit all failed components of that module (ie if their coursework mark was less than 40% they must resit the coursework and if their exam mark was less than 40% they must resit the exam). If a student resits the coursework element of a module and there was more than 1 coursework assignment for that module, then the student would be required to resit all coursework assignments in which they achieved a mark below 40%. Marks for elements of a module not being re-sat will be carried forward.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX of the University Regulations. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 30% : Part C 70% to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Economics with Accounting (2016, 2017, 2018 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | In order to retain exemptions from foundation-level professional courses (under the requirements of the professional bodies) following graduation, candidates must achieve a minimum mark of 40% overall and 35% in each assessed component in core modules as defined by the various professional bodies for accreditation purposes. The core modules are those in accounting, law and finance |
Final award | BSc / BSc+DPS / BSc+DIntS |
Programme title | Economics with Accounting |
Programme code | ECUB05 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is either six semesters or six semesters plus one academic year if candidates select one of the available part I streams. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. Permission to transfer to the eight semester programme will be at the discretion of the Programme Director (Economics). See Programme Structure for further details of eight semester streams. |
UCAS code | L1N4 Economics with Accounting (3 years) L1NL Economics with Accounting (4 years sandwich) |
Admissions criteria | BSc - BSc+DPS/DIntS - |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Know and understand the core of economic theory and applied economics, with a particular application to the world of business and finance.
- Know and understand the behaviour of agents in financial markets, and the behaviour of firms and consumers in the national and international economy.
- Discuss in an informed manner the major policy directions and regulations to implement economic policy at both the domestic and international levels.
- Know and understand the nature of incentives in economic decision making by agents in the domestic and international economy.
- Evaluate the outcomes of market and policy changes in all spheres of the economy, with special emphasis on business and finance.
- To provide students with the knowledge, skills and understanding required for an effective and valued career in the accounting and financial management professions.
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with industry, professional firms and accounting bodies, and through accreditation by the major professional accounting bodies.
- To provide training in the principles of economics with accounting and their application.
- To stimulate students intellectually through the study of economics and to lead them to appreciate its application to a range of problems and its relevance in a variety of contexts.
- To provide a firm foundation of knowledge about the workings of the domestic and international economy and to develop the relevant skills for the constructive use of that knowledge in a range of settings.
- To develop in students the ability to apply the knowledge and skills they have acquired to the solution of theoretical and applied problems in economics.
- To equip students with appropriate tools of analysis to tackle issues and problems of economic policy.
- To develop in students, through the study of economics, a range of transferable skills that will be of value in employment and self-employment.
- To provide students with analytical skills and an ability to develop simplifying frameworks for studying the real world.
- To develop in students the ability to appreciate what would be an appropriate level of abstraction for a range of economic issues.
- To provide students with the knowledge and skill base, from which they can proceed to further studies in economics, related areas or in multi-disciplinary areas that involve economics.
- To generate in students an appreciation of the economic dimension of wider social and political issues at the national and international level.
- To provide specialised training in the aspects of economics relevant to industry, commerce and financial services.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- QAA Subject Benchmark Statements: Economics.
- Framework for Higher Education Qualifications.
- International links with a network of eleven European Universities within the Erasmus exchange programme.
- University Learning and Teaching Strategy.
- Departmental learning and teaching policies.
- Links, both formal and informal, with external examiners.
- Staff research specialisms and professional involvement in the discipline.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
K1. A coherent core of economic principles. The understanding of these might be verbal, graphical or mathematical.
These principles cover the microeconomic issues of decision and choice, the production and exchange of goods, the interdependency of markets, and economic welfare. They also include macroeconomic issues, such as employment, national income, the balance of payments and the distribution of income, inflation, growth and business cycles, international trade, international money and finance. The understanding should extend to economic policy at both microeconomic and macroeconomic levels. In all these, students should show understanding of analytical methods and model-based argument and appreciate the existence of different methodological approaches.
K2. Relevant quantitative methods and computing techniques. These cover mathematical and statistical methods, including econometrics. Students will have exposure to the use of such techniques on actual economic, financial or social data at the national and international level. A knowledge and appreciation of economic data, both quantitative and qualitative. Students should also have some knowledge of the appropriate methods that the economist might use to structure and analyse such data.
K3. The applications of economics. Students should have the ability to apply a core of economic principles and reasoning to a variety of applied topics. They should also be aware of the economic principles that can be used to design, guide and interpret commercial, economic and social policy at the national and international level. As part of this, they should have the ability to discuss and analyse government policy and to assess the performance of the UK and other economies.
- Specific applications to financial economics. Students should have the ability to analyse financial markets and the industrial organization of firms.
The above implies that the attainments of students should show:
- Ability to demonstrate specialised knowledge relating to Accounting.
- Ability to explain the concepts underlying contract law (including agency).
- Ability to explain liabilities arising under tort via negligence.
- Ability to apply contract law to business situations.
- Ability to apply technical terms relevant to management accounting.
- Ability to extract relevant data from a variety of scenarios.
- Ability to demonstrate the procedural and computational skills necessary to management accounting.
- Ability to discuss the implications of budgeting systems.
- Ability to apply core economic theory and economic reasoning to applied topics.
- Ability to relate differences in policy recommendations to differences in the theoretical and empirical features of economic analyses which underlie such recommendations.
- Ability to discuss and analyse government policy and to assess the performance of the UK and other economies.
- Understanding of verbal, graphical, mathematical and econometric representation of economic ideas and analysis, including the relationship between them.
- Understanding of relevant mathematical and statistical techniques.
- Understanding of analytical methods, both theory- and model-based.
- Appreciation of the history and development of economic ideas and the differing methods of analysis that have been and are used by economists.
- Understanding of the appropriate techniques to enable manipulation, treatment and interpretation of the relevant statistical data.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
-
C1. Abstraction. From the study of economic principles and models, students see how one can abstract the essential features of complex systems and provide a useable framework for evaluation and assessment of the effects of policy or other exogenous events. Through this, the typical student will acquire proficiency in how to simplify while still retaining relevance. This is an approach that they can then apply in other contexts, thereby becoming more effective problem-solvers and decision-makers.
C2. Analysis, deduction and induction. Economic reasoning is highly deductive, and logical analysis is applied to assumption-based models. However, inductive reasoning is also important. The typical student will have been exposed to some or all of these and be able to use some of them. Such skills also enhance their problem-solving and decision-making ability.
C3. Quantification and design. Data, and their effective organization, presentation and analysis, are important in economics. The typical student will have some familiarity with the principal sources of economic information and data relevant to industry, commerce and government, and have had practice in organising it and presenting it informatively. This skill is important at all stages in the decision-making process.
C4. Framing. Through the study of economics, a student should learn how to decide what should be taken as given or fixed for the purposes of setting up and solving a problem, i.e. what the important 'parameters' are in constraining the solution to the problem. Learning to think about how and why these parameters might change encourages a student to place the economic problem in its broader social and political context. This `framing' skill is important in determining the decision-maker's ability to implement the solutions to problems.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
-
P1. Construct economic models using verbal, diagrammatic, mathematical, statistical and econometric techniques and reasoning.
P2. Access, search for and evaluate relevant data sources for validation of economic models
P3. Apply and use specialised software including spreadsheets for the analysis of economic models.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate the key skills of,
-
T1. Analysis and decision making.
T2. Communication, both written and verbal.
T3. Numeracy and computation.
T4. IT, information handling and retrieval, including library skills.
T5. Independent study and group work.
T6. Time management.
T7. Problem solving.
4. Programme structure
Students must have a total modular weighting of 120 credits per year.
The prefixes on module codes represent the credit levels as follows:
A level 4; B level 5; C level 6.
Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream are required to spend the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution leading to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. This leads to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
4.1 Part A – Economics with Accounting Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECA001 Principles of Macroeconomics | 20 |
ECA002 Principles of Microeconomics | 20 |
ECA004 Quantitative Economics | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECA003 Data Analysis I | 10 |
BSA013 Principles of Financial Accounting | 10 |
BSA025 Introduction to Law | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA008 Skills for Study and Employment | 10 |
BSA014 Financial Accounting and Analysis | 10 |
BSA019 Accounting in Context | 10 |
There are no optional modules in Part A of this course. Students will be registered for all of the above modules. |
4.2 Part B – Economics with Accounting
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECB501 Fundamental Macroeconomics | 20 |
ECB502 Fundamental Microeconomics | 20 |
ECB004 Introduction to Financial Economics | 20 |
ECB015 Economics of the Financial System | 20 |
BSB005 Management Accounting | 20 |
BSB007 Financial Reporting (Semester 2) | 10 |
BSB015 Company Law (Semester 1) | 10 |
Compulsory and optional modules must be taken such that the total modular weight for the year is 120 credits divided equally over each Semester, or split 70:50 or 50:70 over the two Semesters. Please note: Optional modules are subject to availability and timetable permitting. |
4.3 Part I : Optional (8 semester programme only)
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
The duration of the programme is either six semesters or six semesters plus one academic year if candidates select one of the following three streams:
Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream are required to spend the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution leading to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. This leads to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. Permission to transfer to the eight semester programme will be at the discretion of the Associate Dean (Teaching) for the School.
4.4 Part C – Economics with Accounting
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC005 Financial Reporting: Theory and Practice | 10 |
BSC007 Management Accounting and Control Systems | 10 |
ECC004 Financial Economics and Asset Pricing | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
ECC001 Developments in Microeconomics | 20 |
ECC003 International Money and Finance | 20 |
ECC020 Behavioural Economics | 20 |
ECC031 International Trade | 20 |
ECC101 Developments in Microeconomics | 20 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC009 Strategic Management Accounting and Practice | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
ECC141 Corporate Finance and Derivatives | 20 |
ECC142 Research and Communication Skills for Economists | 20 |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Progression Criteria
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
A Diploma in Professional Studies will be awarded to students who have satisfactorily completed the programme of study required for Part I.
5.2 Reassessment
Candidates must accumulate at least 60 credits in a Part of a Programme in order to be eligible for reassessment in the relevant Part during the University’s Special Assessment Period.
If a student registers to resit a module, they will be required to resit all failed components of that module (ie if their coursework mark was less than 40% they must resit the coursework and if their exam mark was less than 40% they must resit the exam). If a student resits the coursework element of a module and there was more than 1 coursework assignment for that module, then the student would be required to resit all coursework assignments in which they achieved a mark below 40%. Marks for elements of a module not being re-sat will be carried forward.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
- Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 30% : Part C 70% to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Economics with Accounting (2015 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | In order to retain exemptions from foundation-level professional courses (under the requirements of the professional bodies) following graduation, candidates must achieve a minimum mark of 40% overall and 35% in each assessed component in core modules as defined by the various professional bodies for accreditation purposes. The core modules are those in accounting, law and finance |
Final award | BSc / BSc+DPS / BSc+DIntS |
Programme title | Economics with Accounting |
Programme code | ECUB05 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is either six semesters or six semesters plus one academic year if candidates select one of the available part I streams. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. Permission to transfer to the eight semester programme will be at the discretion of the Programme Director (Economics). See Programme Structure for further details of eight semester streams. |
UCAS code | L1N4 Economics with Accounting (3 years) L1NL Economics with Accounting (4 years sandwich) |
Admissions criteria | BSc - BSc+DPS/DIntS - |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Know and understand the core of economic theory and applied economics, with a particular application to the world of business and finance.
- Know and understand the behaviour of agents in financial markets, and the behaviour of firms and consumers in the national and international economy.
- Discuss in an informed manner the major policy directions and regulations to implement economic policy.
- Know and understand the nature of incentives in economic decision making by agents in the economy.
- Evaluate the outcomes of market and policy changes in all spheres of the economy, with special emphasis on business and finance.
- To provide students with the knowledge, skills and understanding required for an effective and valued career in the accounting and financial management professions.
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with industry, professional firms and accounting bodies, and through accreditation by the major professional accounting bodies.
- To provide training in the principles of economics with accounting and their application.
- To stimulate students intellectually through the study of economics and to lead them to appreciate its application to a range of problems and its relevance in a variety of contexts.
- To provide a firm foundation of knowledge about the workings of the economy and to develop the relevant skills for the constructive use of that knowledge in a range of settings.
- To develop in students the ability to apply the knowledge and skills they have acquired to the solution of theoretical and applied problems in economics.
- To equip students with appropriate tools of analysis to tackle issues and problems of economic policy.
- To develop in students, through the study of economics, a range of transferable skills that will be of value in employment and self-employment.
- To provide students with analytical skills and an ability to develop simplifying frameworks for studying the real world.
- To develop in students the ability to appreciate what would be an appropriate level of abstraction for a range of economic issues.
- To provide students with the knowledge and skill base, from which they can proceed to further studies in economics, related areas or in multi-disciplinary areas that involve economics.
- To generate in students an appreciation of the economic dimension of wider social and political issues.
- To provide specialised training in the aspects of economics relevant to industry, commerce and financial services.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- QAA Subject Benchmark Statements: Economics.
- Framework for Higher Education Qualifications.
- International links with a network of eleven European Universities within the Erasmus exchange programme.
- University Learning and Teaching Strategy.
- Departmental learning and teaching policies.
- Links, both formal and informal, with external examiners.
- Staff research specialisms and professional involvement in the discipline.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
K1. A coherent core of economic principles. The understanding of these might be verbal, graphical or mathematical.
These principles cover the microeconomic issues of decision and choice, the production and exchange of goods, the interdependency of markets, and economic welfare. They also include macroeconomic issues, such as employment, national income, the balance of payments and the distribution of income, inflation, growth and business cycles, money and finance. The understanding should extend to economic policy at both microeconomic and macroeconomic levels. In all these, students should show understanding of analytical methods and model-based argument and appreciate the existence of different methodological approaches.
K2. Relevant quantitative methods and computing techniques. These cover mathematical and statistical methods, including econometrics. Students will have exposure to the use of such techniques on actual economic, financial or social data. A knowledge and appreciation of economic data, both quantitative and qualitative. Students should also have some knowledge of the appropriate methods that the economist might use to structure and analyse such data.
K3. The applications of economics. Students should have the ability to apply a core of economic principles and reasoning to a variety of applied topics. They should also be aware of the economic principles that can be used to design, guide and interpret commercial, economic and social policy. As part of this, they should have the ability to discuss and analyse government policy and to assess the performance of the UK and other economies.
- Specific applications to financial economics. Students should have the ability to analyse financial markets and the industrial organization of firms.
The above implies that the attainments of students should show:
- Ability to demonstrate specialised knowledge relating to Accounting.
- Ability to explain the concepts underlying contract law (including agency).
- Ability to explain liabilities arising under tort via negligence.
- Ability to apply contract law to business situations.
- Ability to apply technical terms relevant to management accounting.
- Ability to extract relevant data from a variety of scenarios.
- Ability to demonstrate the procedural and computational skills necessary to management accounting.
- Ability to discuss the implications of budgeting systems.
- Ability to apply core economic theory and economic reasoning to applied topics.
- Ability to relate differences in policy recommendations to differences in the theoretical and empirical features of economic analyses which underlie such recommendations.
- Ability to discuss and analyse government policy and to assess the performance of the UK and other economies.
- Understanding of verbal, graphical, mathematical and econometric representation of economic ideas and analysis, including the relationship between them.
- Understanding of relevant mathematical and statistical techniques.
- Understanding of analytical methods, both theory- and model-based.
- Appreciation of the history and development of economic ideas and the differing methods of analysis that have been and are used by economists.
- Understanding of the appropriate techniques to enable manipulation, treatment and interpretation of the relevant statistical data.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
-
C1. Abstraction. From the study of economic principles and models, students see how one can abstract the essential features of complex systems and provide a useable framework for evaluation and assessment of the effects of policy or other exogenous events. Through this, the typical student will acquire proficiency in how to simplify while still retaining relevance. This is an approach that they can then apply in other contexts, thereby becoming more effective problem-solvers and decision-makers.
C2. Analysis, deduction and induction. Economic reasoning is highly deductive, and logical analysis is applied to assumption-based models. However, inductive reasoning is also important. The typical student will have been exposed to some or all of these and be able to use some of them. Such skills also enhance their problem-solving and decision-making ability.
C3. Quantification and design. Data, and their effective organization, presentation and analysis, are important in economics. The typical student will have some familiarity with the principal sources of economic information and data relevant to industry, commerce and government, and have had practice in organising it and presenting it informatively. This skill is important at all stages in the decision-making process.
C4. Framing. Through the study of economics, a student should learn how to decide what should be taken as given or fixed for the purposes of setting up and solving a problem, i.e. what the important 'parameters' are in constraining the solution to the problem. Learning to think about how and why these parameters might change encourages a student to place the economic problem in its broader social and political context. This `framing' skill is important in determining the decision-maker's ability to implement the solutions to problems.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
-
P1. Construct economic models using verbal, diagrammatic, mathematical, statistical and econometric techniques and reasoning.
P2. Access, search for and evaluate relevant data sources for validation of economic models
P3. Apply and use specialised software including spreadsheets for the analysis of economic models.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate the key skills of,
-
T1. Analysis and decision making.
T2. Communication, both written and verbal.
T3. Numeracy and computation.
T4. IT, information handling and retrieval, including library skills.
T5. Independent study and group work.
T6. Time management.
T7. Problem solving.
4. Programme structure
Students must have a total modular weighting of 120 credits per year.
The prefixes on module codes represent the credit levels as follows:
A level 4; B level 5; C level 6.
Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream are required to spend the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution leading to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. This leads to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
4.1 Part A – Economics with Accounting Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECA001 Principles of Macroeconomics | 20 |
ECA002 Principles of Microeconomics | 20 |
ECA004 Quantitative Economics | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECA003 Data Analysis I | 10 |
BSA013 Principles of Financial Accounting | 10 |
BSA025 Introduction to Law | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA008 Skills for Study and Employment | 10 |
BSA014 Financial Accounting and Analysis | 10 |
BSA019 Accounting in Context | 10 |
There are no optional modules in Part A of this course. Students will be registered for all of the above modules. |
4.2 Part B – Economics with Accounting
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECB001 Intermediate Macroeconomics | 20 |
ECB002 Intermediate Microeconomics | 20 |
ECB004 Introduction to Financial Economics | 20 |
BSB005 Management Accounting A | 20 |
BSB015 Company Law (Semester 1) | 10 |
BSB007 Financial Reporting (Semester 2) | 10 |
ECB015 Economics of the Financial System | 20 |
Compulsory and optional modules must be taken such that the total modular weight for the year is 120 credits divided equally over each Semester, or split 70:50 or 50:70 over the two Semesters. Please note: Optional modules are subject to availability and timetable permitting. |
4.3 Part I : Optional (8 semester programme only)
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
The duration of the programme is either six semesters or six semesters plus one academic year if candidates select one of the following three streams:
Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream are required to spend the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution leading to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. This leads to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. Permission to transfer to the eight semester programme will be at the discretion of the Associate Dean (Teaching) for the School.
4.4 Part C – Economics with Accounting
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC005 Financial Reporting: Theory and Practice | 10 |
BSC008 Strategic Management Accounting | 10 |
ECC004 Financial Economics and Asset Pricing | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECC001 Developments in Microeconomics | 10 |
ECC003 International Money and Finance | 10 |
ECC011 Introduction to Econometrics (Semester 1 and 2) | 10 |
ECC031 International Trade | 10 |
ECC101 Developments in Macroeconomics | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC009 Strategic Management Accounting and Practice | 10 |
BSC021 Issues in Financial Reporting | 10 |
ECC141 Corporate Finance and Derivatives | 20 |
ECC142 Research and Communication Skills for Economists | 20 |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Progression Criteria
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
A Diploma in Professional Studies will be awarded to students who have satisfactorily completed the programme of study required for Part I.
5.2 Reassessment
Candidates must accumulate at least 60 credits in a Part of a Programme in order to be eligible for reassessment in the relevant Part during the University’s Special Assessment Period.
If a student registers to resit a module, they will be required to resit all failed components of that module (ie if their coursework mark was less than 40% they must resit the coursework and if their exam mark was less than 40% they must resit the exam). If a student resits the coursework element of a module and there was more than 1 coursework assignment for that module, then the student would be required to resit all coursework assignments in which they achieved a mark below 40%. Marks for elements of a module not being re-sat will be carried forward.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
- Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 30% : Part C 70% to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Economics with Geography (2016, 2017, 2018 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc / BSc+DPS / BSc+DIntS |
Programme title | Economics with Geography |
Programme code | ECUB09 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is either six semesters or six semesters plus one academic year if candidates select one of the available part I streams. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. Permission to transfer to the eight semester programme will be at the discretion of the Programme Director (Economics). See Programme Structure for further details of eight semester streams. |
UCAS code | L1F8 Economics with Geography (3 years) L1FV Economics with Geography (4 years sandwich) |
Admissions criteria | BSc - BSc+DPS/DIntS - |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Know and understand the core of economic theory and applied economics.
- Know and understand the behaviour of firms and consumers in the national and international economy.
- Discuss in an informed manner the major policy directions and regulations to implement economic policy at both the domestic and international levels.
- Know and understand the nature of incentives in economic decision making by agents in the domestic and international economy.
- Evaluate the outcomes of market and policy changes in all spheres of the economy.
- To provide students with the opportunity to study a broad curriculum in both Economics and Geography
- To provide training in the principles of economics and their application.
- To stimulate students intellectually through the study of economics and to lead them to appreciate its application to a range of problems and its relevance in a variety of contexts.
- To provide a firm foundation of knowledge about the workings of the domestic and international economy and to develop the relevant skills for the constructive use of that knowledge in a range of settings.
- To develop in students the ability to apply the knowledge and skills they have acquired to the solution of theoretical and applied problems in economics.
- To equip students with appropriate tools of analysis to tackle issues and problems of economic policy.
- To develop in students, through the study of economics, a range of transferable skills that will be of value in employment and self-employment.
- To provide students with analytical skills and an ability to develop simplifying frameworks for studying the real world.
- To develop in students the ability to appreciate what would be an appropriate level of abstraction for a range of economic issues.
- To provide students with the knowledge and skill base, from which they can proceed to further studies in economics, related areas or in multi-disciplinary areas that involve economics.
- To generate in students an appreciation of the economic dimension of wider social and political issues at the national and international level.
- To provide specialised training in the aspects of economics relevant to industry, commerce and financial services.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- QAA Subject Benchmark Statements: Economics.
- Framework for Higher Education Qualifications.
- International links with a network of eleven European Universities within the Erasmus exchange programme.
- University Learning and Teaching Strategy.
- Departmental learning and teaching policies.
- Links, both formal and informal, with external examiners.
- Staff research specialisms and professional involvement in the discipline.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
K1. A coherent core of economic principles. The understanding of these might be verbal, graphical or mathematical.
These principles cover the microeconomic issues of decision and choice, the production and exchange of goods, the interdependency of markets, and economic welfare. They also include macroeconomic issues, such as employment, national income, the balance of payments and the distribution of income, inflation, growth and business cycles, international trade, international money and finance. The understanding should extend to economic policy at both microeconomic and macroeconomic levels. In all these, students should show understanding of analytical methods and model-based argument and appreciate the existence of different methodological approaches.
K2. Relevant quantitative methods and computing techniques. These cover mathematical and statistical methods, including econometrics. Students will have exposure to the use of such techniques on actual economic, financial or social data at the national and international level. A knowledge and appreciation of economic data, both quantitative and qualitative. Students should also have some knowledge of the appropriate methods that the economist might use to structure and analyse such data.
K3. The applications of economics. Students should have the ability to apply a core of economic principles and reasoning to a variety of applied topics. They should also be aware of the economic principles that can be used to design, guide and interpret commercial, economic and social policy at the national and international level. As part of this, they should have the ability to discuss and analyse government policy and to assess the performance of the UK and other economies.
- Students will study human geography modules selected from a wide range, with themes which will include such issues as the geographies of global change and globalization, geographies of social and political difference, global migration, world city networks and geopolitics. These modules will broaden the economics’ student’s viewpoint and introduce students to key concepts in political, social, economic and cultural geography, particularly ideas about the importance of space in the construction of political, social and cultural identities.
The above implies that the attainments of students should show.
- Ability to demonstrate specialised knowledge relating to Geography.
- A clear grasp of the disputed interpretation of contemporary patterns of global change.
- Ability to relate contemporary trends to historical patterns of change and relate global trends to spatial differences across the world.
- Ability to apply core economic theory and economic reasoning to applied topics.
- Ability to relate differences in policy recommendations to differences in the theoretical and empirical features of economic analyses which underlie such recommendations.
- Ability to discuss and analyse government policy and to assess the performance of the UK and other economies.
- Understanding of verbal, graphical, mathematical and econometric representation of economic ideas and analysis, including the relationship between them.
- Understanding of relevant mathematical and statistical techniques.
- Understanding of analytical methods, both theory- and model-based.
- Appreciation of the history and development of economic ideas and the differing methods of analysis that have been and are used by economists.
- Understanding of the appropriate techniques to enable manipulation, treatment and interpretation of the relevant statistical data.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
-
C1. Abstraction. From the study of economic principles and models, students see how one can abstract the essential features of complex systems and provide a useable framework for evaluation and assessment of the effects of policy or other exogenous events. Through this, the typical student will acquire proficiency in how to simplify while still retaining relevance. This is an approach that they can then apply in other contexts, thereby becoming more effective problem-solvers and decision-makers.
C2. Analysis, deduction and induction. Economic reasoning is highly deductive, and logical analysis is applied to assumption-based models. However, inductive reasoning is also important. The typical student will have been exposed to some or all of these and be able to use some of them. Such skills also enhance their problem-solving and decision-making ability.
C3. Quantification and design. Data, and their effective organization, presentation and analysis, are important in economics. The typical student will have some familiarity with the principal sources of economic information and data relevant to industry, commerce and government, and have had practice in organising it and presenting it informatively. This skill is important at all stages in the decision-making process.
C4. Framing. Through the study of economics, a student should learn how to decide what should be taken as given or fixed for the purposes of setting up and solving a problem, i.e. what the important 'parameters' are in constraining the solution to the problem. Learning to think about how and why these parameters might change encourages a student to place the economic problem in its broader social and political context. This `framing' skill is important in determining the decision-maker's ability to implement the solutions to problems.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
P1. Construct economic models using verbal, diagrammatic, mathematical, statistical and econometric techniques and reasoning.
P2. Access, search for and evaluate relevant data sources for validation of economic models.
P3. Apply and use specialised software including spreadsheets for the analysis of economic models.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate the key skills of:
T1. Analysis and decision making.
T2. Communication, both written and verbal.
T3. Numeracy and computation.
T4. IT, information handling and retrieval, including library skills.
T5. Independent study and group work.
T6. Time management.
T7. Problem solving.
4. Programme structure
Students must have a total modular weighting of 120 credits per year. This must include the compulsory modules. The remaining optional modules may be chosen to give a 60:60 split over the two semesters, or alternatively, 50:70 or 70:50.
The prefixes on module codes represent the credit levels as follows:
A level 4; B level 5; C level 6.
Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream are required to spend the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution leading to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. This leads to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
4.1 Part A – Economics with Geography Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECA001 Principles of Macroeconomics | 20 |
ECA002 Principles of Microeconomics | 20 |
ECA003 Data Analysis I (Semester 1) | 10 |
ECA004 Quantitative Economics | 20 |
GYA002 Geographies of Global Economic Change (Semester 1) | 20 |
BSA008 Skills for Study and Employment (Semester 2) | 10 |
GYA104 Geographies of Identity (Semester 2) | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
SSA001 Introduction to Sociology: Identities and Inequalities | 10 |
SSA201 Introduction to Criminology and Social Policy A | 10 |
University-Wide Language Programmes | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECA005 Data Analysis II | 10 |
SSA002 Introduction to Sociology: Global, Social and Cultural Change | 10 |
SSA202 Introduction to Criminology and Social Policy B | 10 |
University-Wide Language Programmes | 10 |
4.2 Part B – Economics with Geography
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECB501 Fundamental Macroeconomics | 20 |
ECB502 Fundamental Microeconomics | 20 |
GEOGRAPHY MODULES - A total weighting of 40 must be chosen from Semester 1 and 2 combined | |
OPTIONAL MODULES - Group 1** | |
GYB110 Sustainable Urban Geographies (Semester 1) | 10 |
GYB113 Geographies of Culture, Media and Representation (Semester 2) | 10 |
GYB211 Globalization A (Semester 1) | 10 |
GYB212 Globalization B (Semester 2) | 10 |
GYB224 Geographies of Social Difference A (Semester 1) | 10 |
GYB222 Geographies of Social Difference B (Semester 2) | 10 |
OPTIONAL MODULES - Group 2 | |
ECB035 The Economics of Social Issues (Semester 2) | 20 |
ECB039 Economics of Business Strategy (Semester 2) | 20 |
ECB136 Transport Economics (Semester 1) | 10 |
**Geography Modules - A total weighting of 40 must be chosen rom Semester 1 and 2 combined (Group 1)** Compulsory and optional modules must be taken such that the total modular weight for the year is 120 credits divided equally over each Semester, or split 70:50 or 50:70 over the two Semesters. |
Students will choose options over Semesters One and Two totalling 80 credits: 40 credits in Geography modules and 40 credits in Economics modules.
4.3 Part I : Optional (8 semester programme only)
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
The duration of the programme is either six semesters or six semesters plus one academic year if candidates select one of the following three streams:
Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream are required to spend the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution leading to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. This leads to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. Permission to transfer to the eight semester programme will be at the discretion of the Associate Dean (Teaching) for the School.
4.4 Part C – Economics with Geography
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECC142 Research and Communication Skills for Economists | 20 |
OPTIONAL MODULES - Group 1** | |
GYC107 Regional Georgraphy in the UK (Semester 2) | 20 |
GYC213 Global and World Cities (Semester 1) (suspended 2020) | 10 |
GYC214 Geographies of Children and Youth (Semester 2) | 10 |
GYC226 Geographies of Work and Life (Semester 1) | 10 |
GYC309 Geographies of Home (Semester 1) | 10 |
GYC325 Geographies of Transnational Mobility and Diaspora (Semester 2) | 20 |
OPTIONAL MODULES - Group 2 | |
ECC001 Developments in Microeconomics (Semester 1) | 20 |
ECC003 International Money and Finance (Semester 1) | 20 |
ECC004 Financial Economics and Asset Pricing (Semester 1) | 20 |
ECC005 Industrial Economics (Semester 2) | 20 |
ECC011 Introduction to Econometrics (Semester 1 & 2) | 20 |
ECC020 Behavioural Economics (Semester 1) | 20 |
ECC031 International Trade (Semester 1) | 20 |
ECC035 Central Banking and Financial Crises (Semester 2) | 20 |
ECC101 Developments in Macroeconomics (Semester 1) | 20 |
ECC119 Development Economics (Semester 2) | 20 |
ECC139 Environmental Economics (Semester 2) | 20 |
ECC141 Corporate Finance and Derivatives (Semester 2) | 20 |
University-wide Language Programme (Semester 1) | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme (Semester 2) | 10 |
**Geography Modules - A total weighting of 40 must be chosen from Semester 1 and 2 combined (Group 1)** Compulsory and optional modules must be taken such that the total modular weight for the year is 120 credits divided equally over each Semester, or split 70:50 or 50:70 over the two Semesters. |
The School may offer new modules to be provided during the academic year.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Progression Criteria
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
A Diploma in Professional Studies will be awarded to students who have satisfactorily completed the programme of study required for Part I.
5.2 Reassessment
Candidates must accumulate at least 60 credits in a Part of a Programme in order to be eligible for reassessment in the relevant Part during the University’s Special Assessment Period.
If a student registers to resit a module, they will be required to resit all failed components of that module (ie if their coursework mark was less than 40% they must resit the coursework and if their exam mark was less than 40% they must resit the exam). If a student resits the coursework element of a module and there was more than 1 coursework assignment for that module, then the student would be required to resit all coursework assignments in which they achieved a mark below 40%. Marks for elements of a module not being re-sat will be carried forward.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 30% : Part C 70% to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Economics with Politics (2016, 2017, 2018 entry)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ (available soon)
- What makes ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | ÌìÌÃÊÓƵ |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc / BSc+DPS / BSc+DIntS |
Programme title | Economics with Politics |
Programme code | ECUB10 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is either six semesters or six semesters plus one academic year if candidates select one of the available part I streams. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. Permission to transfer to the eight semester programme will be at the discretion of the Programme Director (Economics). See Programme Structure for further details of eight semester streams. |
UCAS code | L1L2 Economics with Politics (3 years) L1LF Economics with Politics (4 years sandwich) |
Admissions criteria | BSc - BSc+DPS/DIntS - |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Know and understand the core of economic theory and applied economics, with a particular application to the world of business and finance.
- Know and understand the behaviour of agents in financial markets, and the behaviour of firms and consumers in the national and international economy
- Discuss in an informed manner the major policy directions and regulations to implement economic policy at both the domestic and international levels.
- Know and understand the nature of incentives in economic decision making by agents in the domestic and international economy
- Evaluate the outcomes of market and policy changes in all spheres of the economy, with special emphasis on business and finance
To provide students with the opportunity to study a broad curriculum in both Economics and Politics.
- To provide training in the principles of economics and their application.
- To stimulate students intellectually through the study of economics and to lead them to appreciate its application to a range of problems and its relevance in a variety of contexts.
- To provide a firm foundation of knowledge about the workings of the domestic and international economy and to develop the relevant skills for the constructive use of that knowledge in a range of settings.
- To develop in students the ability to apply the knowledge and skills they have acquired to the solution of theoretical and applied problems in economics.
- To equip students with appropriate tools of analysis to tackle issues and problems of economic policy.
- To develop in students, through the study of economics, a range of transferable skills that will be of value in employment and self-employment.
- To provide students with analytical skills and an ability to develop simplifying frameworks for studying the real world.
- To develop in students the ability to appreciate what would be an appropriate level of abstraction for a range of economic issues.
- To provide students with the knowledge and skill base, from which they can proceed to further studies in economics, related areas or in multi-disciplinary areas that involve economics.
- To generate in students an appreciation of the economic dimension of wider social and political issues at the national and international levels.
- To provide specialised training in the aspects of economics relevant to industry, commerce and financial services.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- QAA Subject Benchmark Statements: Economics.
- Framework for Higher Education Qualifications.
- International links with a network of eleven European Universities within the Erasmus exchange programme.
- University Learning and Teaching Strategy.
- Departmental learning and teaching policies.
- Links, both formal and informal, with external examiners.
- Staff research specialisms and professional involvement in the discipline.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
K1. A coherent core of economic principles. The understanding of these might be verbal, graphical or mathematical.
These principles cover the microeconomic issues of decision and choice, the production and exchange of goods, the interdependency of markets, and economic welfare. They also include macroeconomic issues, such as employment, national income, the balance of payments and the distribution of income, inflation, growth and business cycles, international trade, international money and finance. The understanding should extend to economic policy at both microeconomic and macroeconomic levels. In all these, students should show understanding of analytical methods and model-based argument and appreciate the existence of different methodological approaches.
K2. Relevant quantitative methods and computing techniques. These cover mathematical and statistical methods, including econometrics. Students will have exposure to the use of such techniques on actual economic, financial or social data at the national and international level. A knowledge and appreciation of economic data, both quantitative and qualitative. Students should also have some knowledge of the appropriate methods that the economist might use to structure and analyse such data.
K3. The applications of economics. Students should have the ability to apply a core of economic principles and reasoning to a variety of applied topics. They should also be aware of the economic principles that can be used to design, guide and interpret commercial, economic and social policy at the national and international level. As part of this, they should have the ability to discuss and analyse government policy and to assess the performance of the UK and other economies.
The above implies that the attainments of students should have:
- Ability to demonstrate specialised knowledge relating to Politics.
- Ability to evaluate the interaction between the principal institutions of government in Britain
- Ability to analyse how political power is exercised through policy-making and administrative bodies
- Ability to develop a critical awareness of the many arguments for reform presented in this area
- Ability to apply core economic theory and economic reasoning to applied topics.
- Ability to identify and evaluate the ideologies and aims of major political parties and groups.
- Ability to evaluate the relationship between ideology and organisation.
- Ability to appraise the factors motivating individual and collective political behaviour in contemporary Britain.
- Ability to relate differences in policy recommendations to differences in the theoretical and empirical features of the economic analyses which underlie such recommendations.
- Ability to discuss and analyse government policy and to assess the performance of the UK and other economies.
- Understanding of verbal, graphical, mathematical and econometric representation of economic ideas and analysis, including the relationship between them.
- Understanding of relevant mathematical and statistical techniques.
- Understanding of analytical methods, both theory- and model-based.
- Appreciation of the history and development of economic ideas and the differing methods of analysis that have been and are used by economists.
- Understanding of the appropriate techniques to enable manipulation, treatment and interpretation of the relevant statistical data.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
C1. Abstraction. From the study of economic principles and models, students see how one can abstract the essential features of complex systems and provide a useable framework for evaluation and assessment of the effects of policy or other exogenous events. Through this, the typical student will acquire proficiency in how to simplify while still retaining relevance. This is an approach that they can then apply in other contexts, thereby becoming more effective problem-solvers and decision-makers.
C2. Analysis, deduction and induction. Economic reasoning is highly deductive, and logical analysis is applied to assumption-based models. However, inductive reasoning is also important. The typical student will have been exposed to some or all of these and be able to use some of them. Such skills also enhance their problem-solving and decision-making ability.
C3. Quantification and design. Data, and their effective organization, presentation and analysis, are important in economics. The typical student will have some familiarity with the principal sources of economic information and data relevant to industry, commerce and government, and have had practice in organising it and presenting it informatively. This skill is important at all stages in the decision-making process.
C4. Framing. Through the study of economics, a student should learn how to decide what should be taken as given or fixed for the purposes of setting up and solving a problem, i.e. what the important 'parameters' are in constraining the solution to the problem. Learning to think about how and why these parameters might change encourages a student to place the economic problem in its broader social and political context. This `framing' skill is important in determining the decision-maker's ability to implement the solutions to problems.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
P1. Construct economic models using verbal, diagrammatic, mathematical, statistical and econometric techniques and reasoning.
P2. Access, search for and evaluate relevant data sources for validation of economic models
P3. Apply and use specialised software including spreadsheets for the analysis of economic models and financial calculations.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate the key skills of:
T1. Analysis and decision making.
T2. Communication, both written and verbal.
T3. Numeracy and computation.
T4. IT, information handling and retrieval, including library skills.
T5. Independent study and group work.
T6. Time management.
T7. Problem solving.
4. Programme structure
Students must have a total modular weighting of 120 credits per year. This must include the compulsory modules. The remaining optional modules may be chosen to give a 60:60 split over the two semesters, or alternatively, 50:70 or 70:50. Except in exceptional cases, the University allows only a maximum of 80 credits to be chosen from 20 weighted long-thin modules. These are modules that are studied continuously over both Semesters 1 and 2.
The prefixes on module codes represent the credit levels as follows:
A level 4; B level 5; C level 6.
Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream are required to spend the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution leading to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. This leads to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
4.1 Part A – Economics with Politics Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA008 Skills for Study and Employment (Semester 2) | 10 |
ECA001 Principles of Macroeconomics (Semester 1 and 2) | 20 |
ECA002 Principles of Microeconomics (Semester 1 and 2) | 20 |
ECA003 Data Analysis I (Semester 1) | 10 |
ECA004 Quantitative Economics (Semester 1 and 2) | 20 |
EUA607 Understanding Democratic Institutions (Semester 2) | 10 |
EUA620 Contemporary World Arena (Semester 1) | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
SSA001 Introduction to Sociology: Identities and Inequalities | 10 |
SSA201 Introduction to Criminology and Social Policy A | 10 |
University-Wide Language Programmes | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECA005 Data Analysis II | 10 |
SSA002 Introduction to Sociology: Global, Social and Cultural Change | 10 |
SSA202 Introduction to Criminology and Social Policy B | 10 |
University-Wide Language Programmes | 10 |
Compulsory and optional modules must be taken such that the total modular weight for the year is 120 credits divided equally over each Semester, or split 70:50 or 50:70 over the two Semesters. Please note: Optional modules are subject to availability and timetable permitting. |
2.2 Part B – Economics with Politics
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECB501 Fundamental Macroeconomics | 20 |
ECB502 Fundamental Microeconomics | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 POLITICS MODULES | |
EUB604 The Comparative European Politics | 20 |
EUB625 The European Union | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 POLITICS MODULES | |
EUB637 Political Simulation | 10 |
ECONOMICS OPTIONAL MODULES - A total weighting of 40 must be chosen | |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECB004 Introduction to Financial Economics | 20 |
ECB005 International Economic Relations | 20 |
ECB015 Economics of the Financial System | 20 |
ECB016 History of Economic Thought | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULE | |
ECB136 Transport Economics | 20 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES | |
ECB035 The Economics of Social Issues | 20 |
ECB039 Economics of Business Strategy | 20 |
Compulsory and optional modules must be taken such that the total modular weight for the year is 120 credits divided equally over each Semester, or split 70:50 or 50:70 over the two Semesters. Please note: Optional modules are subject to availability and timetable permitting. |
4.3 Part I : Optional (8 semester programme only)
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
The duration of the programme is either six semesters or six semesters plus one academic year if candidates select one of the following three streams:
Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream are required to spend the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution leading to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. This leads to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI.
The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. Permission to transfer to the eight semester programme will be at the discretion of the Associate Dean (Teaching) for the School.
4.4 Part C – Economics with Politics
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULE | |
ECC142 Research and Communication Skills for Economists | 20 |
OPTIONAL MODULES - Group 1** | |
PIC628 The Asia Pacific in Global Politics (Semester 1) | 20 |
PIC660 Contemporary Political Philosophy (Semester 1) | 20 |
PIC677 Britain and the European Union (Semester 1) | 20 |
PIC680 The Populist Challenge to Democracy (Semester 1) | 20 |
PIC666 Gender and Politics (Semester 2) | 20 |
PIC684 War in the 21st Century (Semester 2) | 20 |
PIC685 Power, Politics and Participation in the Digital Age (Semester 2) | 20 |
PIC687 The Politics of Militarism (Semester 2) | 20 |
OPTIONAL MODULES - Group 2 | |
ECC001 Developments in Microeconomics (Semester 1) | 20 |
ECC003 International Money and Finance (Semester 1) | 20 |
ECC004 Financial Economics and Asset Pricing (Semester 1) | 20 |
ECC005 Industrial Economics (Semester 2) | 20 |
ECC011 Introduction to Econometrics (Semester 1 and 2) | 20 |
ECC020 Behavioural Economics (Semester 1) | 20 |
ECC031 International Trade (Semester 1) | 20 |
ECC035 Central Banking and Financial Crises (Semester 2) | 20 |
ECC101 Developments in Macroeconomics (Semester 1) | 20 |
ECC119 Development Economics (Semester 2) | 20 |
ECC139 Environmental Economics (Semester 2) | 20 |
ECC141 Corporate Finance and Derivatives (Semester 2) | 20 |
University-wide Language Programme (Semester 1) | 10 |
University-wide Language Programme (Semester 2) | 10 |
**Choose EXACTLY 40 credits from Group 1** Compulsory and optional modules must be taken such that the total modular weight for the year is 120 credits divided equally over each Semester, or split 70:50 or 50:70 over the two Semesters. |
The School may offer new modules to be provided during the academic year.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Progression Criteria
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
A Diploma in Professional Studies will be awarded to students who have satisfactorily completed the programme of study required for Part I.
5.2 Reassessment
Candidates must accumulate at least 60 credits in a Part of a Programme in order to be eligible for reassessment in the relevant Part during the University’s Special Assessment Period.
If a student registers to resit a module, they will be required to resit all failed components of that module (ie if their coursework mark was less than 40% they must resit the coursework and if their exam mark was less than 40% they must resit the exam). If a student resits the coursework element of a module and there was more than 1 coursework assignment for that module, then the student would be required to resit all coursework assignments in which they achieved a mark below 40%. Marks for elements of a module not being re-sat will be carried forward.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 30% : Part C 70% to determine the final Programme Mark.